Home

User manual

Contents

1. see usy I af General Settings Tab You can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Settings General Settings Dialog Box 549 Settings Auto Scan Dialog Box Click Auto Scan on the Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Auto Scan dialog box In the Settings Auto Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically detecting the item type Skan Options C Apoty recommended mage correction Standard F Create a POF fe that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Applicaton Settings Open with an appication I Canon My Image Garden O Send to an application A Preview Send to a folder None Attach to emai A None Attach Manually 0 Do not start any appication 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear Supported Items Photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD D Important e To scan the following types of items specify the item type and size in the Settings Document Scan dialog box Settings Photo Scan dialog box or Settings Custom Scan dialog box then click
2. For Windows A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and then click OK Admin Password For Mac OS Enter Password A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and click the OK button Admin Password C7 2 Carei SD Enter the administrator password set for the machine D gt Note e An administrator password is already set for the machine at the time of purchase For details Administrator Password For improved security we recommend that you change the administrator password For Windows Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet e For Mac OS Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet 722 Q Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen A This screen appears automatically if the selected wireless router is encrypted Set the same encryption settings as those set for the wireless router For Windows For more on encryption settings see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet e For Mac OS For more on encryption settings see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet Q You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Appears A Security is not configured on the wireless router The machine can still be used so continue the setup procedure and complete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is
3. 1300 If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside Machine 2 Reload the paper and press machine s Black or Color button The printer resumes printing Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to the paper jam If you turned off the machine in step 1 the print data that was sent to the printer is erased Redo the printing DJ Note e When reloading the paper make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly 822 e We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics A5 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the machine If the measures above do not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 823 1303 Cause Paper is jammed near transport unit What to Do If you cannot see the paper at the paper output slot remove the paper from the transport unit To remove the paper follow these steps Note If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine 1 Turn off machine and unplug it 2 Stand machine up on its right side If you can see the jammed paper at the front tray stand the machine with the front tray open gt Important e Make sure the document cover is
4. Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 390 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom The print quality level can be set in the Custom The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the print quality On the Main tab select Custom for Print Quality and click Set Pian Paper m Leter 85x11 22280m dl Cl Grayscale Prrting D Preview before printing 3 Setting the print quality level Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the selected print quality level 33 Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Related Topics Specifying Color Correction 391 Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 392 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is conve
5. rt Manage jobs Manage jobs This screen displays the print or scan status and history You can check the print or scan status by looking at Status list and the print or scan history by looking at History You can also cancel print or scan jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete 110 Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center at Home The Advanced management function allows you to take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for home use This section introduces those functions by using a family of 3 father mother and child as an example X If the father registers the printer to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center only the father is managed by the service and the mother and the child cannot use the service unless the father tells them the login E mail address and Password If Mother and Child Want to Use the Service from Their Smartphones F t a 1 The father registers to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and becomes the Administrator 2 After logging in the father selects Manage users from E 111 series Mng printer Manage users Advanced management Facebook Photos in Tweets Evernote Lin g Contig Properties Manage jobs 3 The father selects Add user and by following the screen instructions registers the mother and child as users yt Manage users Updated date
6. 161 Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge Checking Ink Status 162 Replacing a FINE Cartridge When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you of the error Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action An Error Occurs D Note For precautionary notes on handling FINE cartridges see Notes on FINE cartridges Replacing Procedure When you need to replace a FINE cartridge follow the procedure below 1 Make sure that the power is turned on then open the front cover A and the paper output tray B 2 Open the paper output cover C When the FINE cartridge holder moves to the replacement position the head cover D OPENS AUTOMATICALLY Caution Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the FINE cartridge holder until it stops completely 3 Important The head cover will open automatically after you open the paper output cover If you have closed the head cover while replacing a FINE cartridge close the paper output cover then open 163 it again Trying to force open the head cover with your hand may cause the machine to malfunction e Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine If the paper output cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the FINE cartridge holder moves to the far right and the Alarm lamp lights In this cas
7. 423 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Status Monitor with Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor when reading this information If the printer does not start printing canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor 1 Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears 2 Display the print jobs Click Display Print Queue The print queue window opens 3 Delete the print jobs Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu When the confirmation message appears click Yes The deletion of the print job is complete D Important e Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print job of another user J Note e When you perform this operation all print jobs are deleted If the print queue list contained a necessary print job start the printing process over from the beginning 424 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver With some applications the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled In this case use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of
8. Canon 5 Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options gt Important e Because some applications do not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an application does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that application 498 Note e Printer Options differ depending on the application that you are using 6 When printing file type that has multiple pages such as PDF file tap Range and tap All Pages or select range of pages to be printed 7 For 1 Copy tap or to set number of required copies 8 For Duplex Printing tap On to enable duplex printing or tap Off to disable function 9 Tap Print When you execute printing the machine prints according to the specified settings J Note For wireless LAN connection e After you turn on the machine it may take few minutes before the machine can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Make sure the machine is connected to the wireless LAN and try printing e If Bonjour on the machine is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the machine and enable Bonjour e For other AirPrint troubleshooting see below Cannot Print Using AirPrint Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the application being used on the iOS device and the region in which AirPrint is used When you use the photo application the default paper size is L size in Japan
9. If your model has monochrome LCD monitor 2 On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Register w service 84 3 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register lt ves gt Mo 4 In the print settings select the display language Language to print 4 English 5 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed Important The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes 85 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center No LCD Monitor To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information Registering from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 33 Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 Displaying Printer Information For details go to the Online Manual home page and see Checking Printer Information for your model 3 Select IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the
10. Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 409 Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leer 85 11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK 410 4 ABCDEF 1234567 Sergio Tygo Rarderd C Mew Color Patten Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the
11. Cannot write file Cannot read file 230 A scanner driver supporting this software is not installed Install it and try again 787 e The memory required to start IJ Scan Utility cannot be obtained exit other applications Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again Delete MP Drivers then reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Refer to Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers An internal error has occurred Take the following measures Check the scanner status o Restart the scanner Restart the computer then try again o Reinstall MP Drivers Reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Delete unnecessary files on the hard disk and scan again Cancel the write protection on the disk Check the access permission on the folder in Folder to Save Temporary Files in the Settings General Settings dialog box or Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box Check the access permission on the folder in Folder to Save Temporary Files in the Settings General Settings dialog box or Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box You do not have the required privileges to access the e Grant access permission to the specified folder specified folder 788 ScanGear Scanner Driver Error Messages If an error message for ScanGear scanner driver ap
12. If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion Check the intensity setting in the printer driver e For Windows Adjusting Intensity For Mac OS Adjusting Intensity Use Photo Paper to print photos To print data with high color saturation such as photographs or images with dark colors we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon specialty paper Media Types You Can Use 749 Q Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged Smudged Edges Smudged Surface Printed Surface Is Scratched A Check paper and print quality settings Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check paper type e Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing Media Types You Can Use e For borderless printing use a paper suitable for borderless printing If the paper you are using is not suitable for borderless printing the print quality may be reduced at the top and bottom edges of the paper Printing Area SE Correct curl before loading paper When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is Rolling this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat e
13. Setting Initialization To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick Intisize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instructions 5 When confirmation screen is displayed click Yes Returns the printer settings to the factory defaults Initialize settings The network settings of the printer are initialized Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool enable wireless LAN in advance 262 Viewing Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed after you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen the following screen is displayed for checking the modified settings The folowing settings were sent to the printer Settings tem Setting Value Use Set up 263 IJ Network Tool Network Connection gt gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen WEP Details Screen WPA WPA2 Details S
14. The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice 37 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages anytime and anywhere by simply accessing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details 38 Available Connection Methods The following connection methods are available on the machine p Wireless Connection With a wireless router J tO Without a wireless router F U USB Connection gP Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device such as a smartphone One method is to connect using a wireless router and the other method is to connect without using a wireless router The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have a wireless router we recommend you use the method described in Connection Using a Wireless Router When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device
15. 97 1 Left context menu Administrator only When you select Ed the left context menu appears When you select Mng printer Manage users Group management or Advanced management the corresponding screen appears DJ Note e Group management appears only when you use Select how to manage and set Manage by group for office users Mng printer screen Mng printer Updated date Mar 3 2014 2 30 AM e i series Multiuser mode Copy apps Add printer From the Mng printer screen you can check or update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center copy apps change printer names delete printers and add printers Check the printer information series Multiuser mode Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer information Mng printer Updated date Mar 3 2014 2 30 AM rol series Multiuser mode Copy apps 98 This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Multiuser mode MAXIFY series only If multiple users will be using the printer add a check mark to Multiuser mode The check mark is linked to the Require security code screen Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below a
16. Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 438 Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Displaying the Print Results before Printing 439 Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper Also this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing If the application which created the document has a similar function set them with the application Quick Setup Man Page Seb Martenance ey Page Sze Letter 8 5111 22280m l Onertation A Pors Rotate 190 degrees a D fH 9 K Nommaleize Bordedess Feto Page Scaled Page Layout Pian Paper Letter 8 511 22280m lt gt V Automatically reduce large document that the parter cannct output Long aide taping Leh 1 1 995 Petom Lan Poe Vi Colste Pact Options Qanp Backgrund OK Cane booy Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Page Size Selects a page size Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application If you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you
17. From operation panel Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 11 times release the button and then press the Color button to enable the Prevent paper abrasion function To disable the Prevent paper abrasion function press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 11 times release the button and then press the Black button From computer For Windows Open the printer driver setup window select Custom Settings in Maintenance sheet select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click OK 751 To open the printer driver setup window see How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window o For Mac OS In the Canon IJ Printer Utility select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click Apply To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility If intensity is set high reduce intensity setting and try printing again If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion Check the intensity setting in the printer driver e For Windows Adjusting Intensity e For Mac OS Adjusting Intensity Do not print outside recommended printing area If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper ink may stain the lower edge of the paper Resize the document using application software Printing Area
18. If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wireless Router g a0 Connect the printer and a device using a wireless router Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type 39 o When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and Wi Fi icon is displayed in the device s screen you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router e Connection without Using a Wireless Router J gt Connect the printer and a device without using a wireless router Connect a device and the printer directly using the printer s access point mode function o When establishing a connection in the access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used o If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the access point mode the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply o In the access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will a
19. Note e For more on detecting the machine refer to your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device s instruction manual 4 Specify print settings such as the paper type and layout 509 You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine Settings on PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 5 Start printing from your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 510 PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Settings on PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device This section describes the PictBridge Wireless LAN function of the machine For the print settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device refer to the instructions given in the device s instruction manual Note e In the following description names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model of your device Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices When you cannot change print settings on a device the printer prints images as follows Paper size 4 x 6 10 x 15cm Paper type Photo Layout 1 up Borderless Date File No Print Not printed Image Optimize The Auto photo fix function will be used for optimized printing The following settings can be used when
20. Q Cannot Print Using AirPrint A SEa Make sure machine is turned on If the machine is turned on turn it off and back on and then check whether the issue is resolved Make sure machine is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint compliant device when printing over LAN Make sure machine has enough paper and ink ei Make sure machine s Alarm lamp is not flashing If the problem is not resolved use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the machine 764 Scanning Problems Windows Scanning Problems Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Software Problems gt IJ Scan Utility Error Messages ScanGear Scanner Driver Error Messages 765 Scanning Problems gt gt gt gt Scanner Does Not Work ScanGear Scanner Driver Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the ScanGear Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Slow Scanning Speed There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows Scanned Image Does Not Open 766 Q Scanner Does Not Work A Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hu
21. Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 874 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 875 5B02 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 876 5B03 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 877 5B04 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 878 5B05 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 879 5B12 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 880 5B13 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 881 5B14 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 882 5B15 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service
22. e Photos that have a whitish background e Documents printed on white paper hand written text business cards etc e Thin documents e Thick documents The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly e Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square e Photos that have been cut to various shapes Note e When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF 1 Place the document on the Platen or ADF then start ScanGear scanner driver Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Set Select Source according to the document placed on the Platen or ADF 593 3 Important e Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF For details refer to the application s manual Note e To scan magazines containing many color photos select Magazine Color 3 Click Preview Preview image appears in the Preview area Basc Mode Advanced Mode 1 Select Source S 0 HA Print v Outpat See Mexble J Wwertepetren a CI Adjest cropping frames image corrections ia C corect facing Color PINEN 3 3 Pertorme Scan 33 Important e Preview is not displayed when an ADF type is selected for Select Source 3J Note e Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source 4 Set Destination 2 Note e Ski
23. 142 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY Use Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly You can also receive scanned data PDForJPEG directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play 143 Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT 8 1 or a later version printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network For information about connecting to the network see the setup URL http www canon comi ijsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method 144 Checking Printer Information You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your smartphone tablet or computer D gt Note e You can use this function on the following OS and the web browser e iOS device OS iOS 6 1 or later Web browser iOS standard Web browser Mobile Safari Android device OS Android 2 3 3 or later Web browser Android standa
24. 7 Close web browser 147 Handling Paper Originals FINE Cartridges etc Loading Paper e Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper e Loading Envelopes Loading Originals e Loading Originals on the Platen Glass e Originals You Can Load e How to Detach Attach the Document Cover Replacing a FINE Cartridge e Replacing a FINE Cartridge e Checking Ink Status 148 Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 149 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper You can load plain paper or photo paper Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams D Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111 Canon Oc Office Colour Paper SAT213 For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine see Media Types You Can Use 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it DJ Note Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper see Load the paper after cor
25. Facebook Flickr Google Dri D Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region model or language al Can be used with genuine Canon ink Latest notices Latest notices This displays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice MViy account My account Displays user information From the My account screen you can change your account settings From the My account screen you can display the Permitted services screen and clear any linked service setting a Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Log out Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 5 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 107 series Instagram Scan to E mail Facebook Photos in Tweets Evernote g Contig Properties Manage jobs 6 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Fs e Apos Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area gt EELA Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them DJ Note If Group management ha
26. From computer 759 For Windows Open the printer driver setup window select Custom Settings in Maintenance sheet select the Prevent paper double feed check box and then click OK To open the printer driver setup window see How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window o For Mac OS In the Canon IJ Printer Utility select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select Prevent paper double feed check box and then click Apply To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility DJ Note e Prevent paper double feed function reduces the printing speed ei Clean paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it so do this only when necessary If the measures above do not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 760 Q Automatic Duplex Printing Problems A Is automatic duplex printing selected For Windows Make sure Duplex Printing and Automatic check boxes are selected on Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window Duplex Printing e For Mac OS Make sure Two Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog Duplex Printing Make sure loaded paper size is suitable for automatic duplex printing The paper sizes suitable for automatic two sided printing are A4 and Letter Load paper of suitable size press the Color button or Black button eile Make sure pap
27. IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 e USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power W WCN Windows Connect Now Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network WCN NET 309 WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wireless technology such as Wi Fi Wireless Router A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Required in an infrastructure network WPA Security framework announced by the Wi Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security
28. The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter 231 Changing Settings from Operation Panel gt Quiet setting gt Turning on off Machine Automatically 232 Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise such as when printing at night Follow the procedure below to perform setting 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Press and hold Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 9 times 3 Press Color button To disable the function press the Black button in step 4 J Important e Operating speed is reduced compared to when the quiet mode is not selected Note e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning from the computer e For Windows you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear scanner driver 233 Turning on off Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on off automatically considering the environment Turning on Machine Automatically Turning off Machine Automatically Turning on Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the machine 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Press and hold Stop button and release it when A
29. To print using a mode other than the access point mode disable access point mode first Using Machine with Access Point Mode Make sure paper output tray is open If printing from a computer delete unnecessary print jobs For Windows Deleting the Undesired Print Job e For Mac OS Deleting the Undesired Print Job GK IS your machine s printer driver is selected when printing The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer e For Windows Make sure Canon XXX series Printer where XXX is your machine s name is selected in the Print dialog box Note To make the machine the one selected by default select Set as Default Printer 734 e For Mac OS Make sure your machine s name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog DJ Note e To make the machine the one selected by default select the machine for Default printer Set correct printer port Windows Make sure the correct printer port is set 1 Log in using an account with administrator privileges 2 Make the following settings e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from Start menu In Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Ot
30. e e e e e e If you start Media Center included in Windows XP Media Center Edition 2005 you may not be able to scan using the operation panel of the machine In that case restart the computer You cannot scan images with Media Center included in Windows XP Media Center Edition 2005 Scan with other applications such as IJ Scan Utility Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface In that case refer to the application s manual and change the settings accordingly Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents In some cases only the first scanned image is accepted or multiple images are scanned as one image For such applications do not scan multiple documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000 first save them using IJ Scan Utility then import the saved files from the Insert menu When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 Word Excel PowerPoint etc click Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen Otherwise images may not be scanned correctly When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007 Microsoft Office 2010 Word Excel PowerPoint etc use Microsoft Clip Organizer 669 Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications In that case increase the operating system s virtual memory and retry e When image size is too large such as when scanning large images at
31. e When printing select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or printer driver 153 Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly 339 Important e Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device is not supported e Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to malfunction e Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them 4 ke e If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction Fz If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease See The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope D Important e The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm 2 Open the front cover A gently then extend the paper support B 154 q 3 Use t
32. gt Important e Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass Do not place any objects weighing 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass Do not put any pressure of 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass such as pressing down the original Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break e The machine cannot scan the shaded area A 0 04 inch 1 mm from the edges of the platen glass 3 Close the document cover gently 158 gt Important e After loading the original on the platen glass be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan 159 Originals You Can Load Types of originals Text document magazine or newspaper Printed photo postcard business card or disc BD DVD CD etc Size width x height Max 8 5 x 11 7 inches 216 x 297 mm Note e When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass you can load it by removing the document cover from the machine How to Detach Attach the Document Cover 160 How to Detach Attach the Document Cover Detaching the document cover Hold up the document cover vertically and then pull it up gt Attaching the document cover Fit both hinges A of the document cover into the holder B and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below pa in D J
33. o For Mac OS Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key depending on the wireless router s settings When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Set on the Wireless Routers screen follow the on screen instructions and set key length key format key number and authentication method to enter a WEP key For details see Changing WEP Detailed Settings DJ Note Ifthe machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN 714 If the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN check the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility e Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for key length in AirPort Base Station e Select 1 for Key ID Otherwise computer will not be able to communicate with machine via the wireless router Using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must be the same for the wireless router the machine and your computer Enter the passphrase configured on the wireless router a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number Either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption is selected automatically as the dynamic encryption method o For Windows For details see Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings For Mac OS For details see Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings DJ Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA W
34. then enter the Width and Height and then click OK aches 1 00 8 50 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 D gt Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution D gt Note e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Image Processing Settings Click Plus to set the following D gt Note e When Color Mode is Black and White only Reduce gutter shadow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 3 Important The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns 555 Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than
35. x w ia Click a Auto Crop in whole image view of ScanGear scanner driver to automatically display the cropping frame scan area according to the item size You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white margins along the item for example in photos or when you want to create custom cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window D2 Note e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear scanner driver 781 Q Cannot Scan at the Correct Size A Make sure that the items are placed correctly Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 782 Q Original Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted A When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box 783 Q Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor A Change the display setting in the application Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application Note e You cannot reduce the image size in Paint To reduce the display size open the images in an application Change the resolution setting in ScanGear scanner driver and
36. 1 00 8 50 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 D gt Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Plus to set the following Important When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to s
37. A more than 0 4 inch 1 cm DD Note e You can place up to 12 items Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are corrected automatically 688 Network Scan Settings You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers Important e Multiple users cannot scan at the same time J Note e Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand from the Setup CD ROM or by following the instructions on the web page e With network connection scanning takes longer than USB connection Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network Specifying Your Scanner or Printer Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use By specifying the scanner you can scan over a network from your computer Important If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX the product used for scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility check that it is selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details 1 Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears in the notification area on the desktop Click El to check the hidden icons as
38. Click Print Check Pattern When the confirmation message is displayed click OK The Pattern Check dialog box is then displayed Left side bitmap good The print head nozzles are not clogged Right side bitmap bad The print head nozzles may be clogged Exit Closes the Pattern Check dialog box and returns to the Maintenance tab Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Ink Cartridge Settings Opens the Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box Use this function to specify the FINE cartridge you want to use Bottom Plate Cleaning Performs cleaning of the bottom plate of the printer To prevent smudges on the back side of a sheet of paper perform Bottom Plate Cleaning before you perform duplex printing Also perform Bottom Plate Cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page Roller Cleaning Cleans the paper feed rollers Paper feeding may fail if paper dust has stuck to the printer s paper feed rollers In this case clean the paper feed rollers to improve the print result 453 Power Off Turns off the printer from the printer driver Perform this function to turn off the printer when you cannot press the ON button POWER button on the printer because the printer is out of you
39. Google Cloud Print gt Important e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in e To use Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google Cloud Print in advance Additionally LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to register the machine to Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply 1 Getting Google Account 2 Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print 3 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print gt Important e When the machine owner changes delete its registration from Google Cloud Print Deleting Machine from Google Cloud Print 506 LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply 507 Printing from Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings 508 Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device such as a digital camera camcorder or mobile phone to the machine through wireless LAN and print recorded images directly without using a computer Connectable devices PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Printable image data format The machine accepts images taken with a camera c
40. Photo Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen You cannot scan correctly with Auto e A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected 550 e Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer for how to place items Note e To reduce moire in scans set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings Document Scan dialog box or Settings Custom Scan dialog box then click Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen 1 Scan Options Area Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan J Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file nam
41. Remeasurement Measures the connection performance again 3J Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and wireless router as instructed to improve the performance 295 Maintenance Screen Displays to perform Setting Initialization and Network Setup of the Card Slot To display the Maintenance screen select Maintenance on the Settings menu Setting Intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defauts cick intisize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup 2 Status Not set 1 Setting Initialization Returns all the network settings of the printer to factory default Click Initialize to display the Initialize Settings screen and click Yes to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup 2 Network Setup of the Card Slot Note e This item is not available depending on the printer you are using Status displays whether the card slot is mapped as a network drive When you click the Network Setup of the Card Slot is displayed Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen 296 Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Note e This function
42. Retract the paper output support then close the paper output tray Retract the paper support with the output tray extension closed 4 Close the front cover 5 Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the machine then unplug the power cord from the machine 6 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them from opening during transportation Then pack the machine in the plastic bag 7 Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine in the box 320 Legal Restrictions on Scanning Copying It may be unlawful to make copies of scan print or use reproductions of the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction e e e e e e e e e e e e Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner 321 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi Interface Operating environment Storage
43. Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the wireless router 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the wireless router Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the wireless router 7 Click OK Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set to the printer Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 251 Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily
44. Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu 558 Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Sav
45. Turn off machine 5 Restart computer 6 Make sure you have no application software running 7 Redo setup according to instructions on Canon website 704 Note For Windows you can use the Setup CD ROM to redo setup 705 Q Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN A SEa Make sure machine is turned on eile Make sure Wi Fi lamp is lit on machine If the Wi Fi lamp is off the wireless LAN is disabled Follow the procedure below to enable the wireless LAN 1 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 2 Press Color button Black button and then Wi Fi button in this order When the ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the Wi Fi lamp lights up and then the wireless LAN is enabled If machine is temporarily connected to computer via USB cable make sure USB cable is connected properly If you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool over a USB connection connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is at the back of the machine Make sure machine setup is complete If it is not perform setup e For Windows Use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website e For Mac OS Follow the instructions on the Canon website If using IJ Network Tool look for machine again For Windows Canon IJ Network Tool Screen e For Mac OS Canon IJ Network Too
46. Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with iOS Device Q Cannot Communicate with Machine over Wireless LAN A If your smartphone tablet cannot communicate with the machine check the following SEa Make sure machine is turned on Is Wi Fi lamp of machine lit If the Wi Fi lamp is off the wireless LAN is disabled Follow the procedure below to enable the wireless LAN 1 Press and hold Wi Fi button and then release button when ON lamp flashes 2 Press Color button Black button and then Wi Fi button in this order When the ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the Wi Fi lamp lights up the wireless LAN is enabled Are network settings of machine identical with those of wireless router Make sure the network settings of the machine e g wireless router name SSID network key etc are identical with those of the wireless router To check the settings of the wireless router refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer To check the current network settings of the machine print out the network setting information Printing Network Settings If the network settings of the machine are not identical with those of the wireless router change the network settings of the machine to match with those of the wireless router using IJ Network Tool Are network settings of your smartphone tablet identical with th
47. Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ph10 Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Copyright c 1997 2008 University of Cambridge All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND 51 ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSE
48. You can learn about the operations and screens of My Image Garden For Windows Latest Version My Image Garden V3 2 x It is recommended that you use the latest version of the application Access the Canon website and download the latest application How to Check the Version Earlier Versions Select the version of your My Image Garden V3 1 x V3 0 x V2 1 x V2 0 x V1 1 x For Mac OS Latest Version My Image Garden V3 2 x It is recommended that you use the latest version of the application Access the Canon website and download the latest application How to Check the Version Earlier Versions Select the version of your My Image Garden V3 1 x V3 0 x V2 1 x V2 0 x V1 1 x 479 Printing Using a Web Service gt Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 480 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Save scanned images to a data management service e Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXI
49. it may cause interference Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible To check the radio status For Windows Monitoring Wireless Network Status e For Mac OS Monitoring Wireless Network Status GKE Make sure computer network settings are correct Make sure the computer can communicate with the wireless router over the wireless LAN 707 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of properties dialog box of printer driver Windows CAKE Make sure security software s firewall is off If your security software s firewall is on a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network If this warning message appears set security software to always allow access If you are using any programs that switch between network environments check their settings Some programs use a firewall by default If using a router connect machine and computer to LAN side same network segment If machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN use alphanumeric characters for network name SSID Mac OS Check machine s TCP IP setting and disable IPv 6 To check the current TCP IP setting print out the network setting information using the operation panel Printing Network Settings If TCP IPv6 is set to Enable both IPv4 and IPv6 are enabled Press and hold Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 23 times I
50. select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration on Settings menu 4 Click Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WPA WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WPA WPA2 Details screen is displayed If encryption is not set to the printer the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed Go to step 7 6 Click Change Settings The current settings for chert authentication are as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings Authentication Type Dynamic Encryption Type 7 Check client authentication type and click Next gt 252 Check the authentication type and cick Net 8 Enter passphrase and click Next gt Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the wireless router passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically 3 Important e If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type select either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption then click Nad 9 Click Finish 253 Check the settings for cient authentication and then cick Frish 33 Important e If the printer cann
51. setting value for the print head position Align Print Head Aligns the print head Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines Align the print head immediately after installing the print head Print Alignment Value Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position Prints the current setting value for the print head position Print Head Alignment dialog box To adjust the print head position manually click Align Print Head in the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and perform the operations instructed in the messages The Print Head Alignment dialog box is then displayed This dialog box allows you to check the printed pattern and adjust the print head position Preview Window Displays the pattern of Print Head Alignment and checks the position of the selected pattern You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly Select the Pattern Number Compare the printed adjustment patterns and enter the pattern number of the pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding box Note e If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern see Aligning the Print Head Position 455 Initial Check Items Before running Nozzle Check check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amoun
52. 1485 1202 1486 1487 1702 1703 1704 806 Protective material or tape may still be attached to FINE cartridge holder Support Code Corresponding to Number of Alternate Flashes of ON Lamp and Alarm Lamp 21 flashes Example of 2 times flashing 0 A eooo eeee tadiinetiiaie t vale A B A B A Alternately flashes B Goes off Number of flashes Support Code 2 flashes Printer error has occurred 5100 7 flashes Printer error has occurred 5B02 5B03 5B04 5B05 5B12 5B13 5B14 5B15 10 flashes An error requiring a repair has B202 B203 B204 B205 occurred Other cases than above Printer error has occurred 5011 5012 5050 5200 5400 6000 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on Computer Screen e For Windows 807 1 Load paper into the front tray inset the paper completely to the end of the frort tray Align the paper guides wth the edges of the paper E Enor Persists For Mac OS eee Canon MG3600 series 1 Job Q k Pause Settings Scanner Support Code 1003Paper has r 2 Press the printer s Start button ti testprint Printing The screen differs depending on the OS you are using gt Note e You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support
53. 2 Stort Scanning Image 2 CIC adust copping fames Q Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview If no area is specified the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved If an area is specified only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window 585 Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image Cancel Cancels Stitch scan 2 Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images x Delete Deletes the image selected in the Thumbnail View area sS Enlarge Reduce Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image Left clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image Right clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image L za Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise PY e amp Rotate 180 Rotates the preview image 180 degrees 3 v za Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise bi Open Guide Opens this page 3 Thumbnail View Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images Appears blank if none has been scanned 4 Preview Area Displays the scanned images You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned image or check the results of the settings made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 586 When no image has been scanned After scanni
54. 2200005 700 Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 000000 ee aeue 701 Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 00000 ee eee 702 Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen 000000 eee eaee 703 Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen Connect Cable Screen 704 Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN 050e6i6ss coed cdadetueawenie ava aw ena acd a 706 Network Connection Problems lt ss064 cc sees ees Gee SEN PE CaN U ee hee Se Ree EK eee eas 709 Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used o54 0s 44s wea ews dd nae ar ee dd dad oud Chek a dees 710 NEWWONK KEY UNKNOW Sse Gite ca hoes a Re ee tae Sees era rd Moe Sac dn oa A th a ratte 714 Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown 000 cee eee eae 716 Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings 717 PIE WY os tak Sara tds boats he deat A de dibed eat da dead Memeo eb a dan adh dda eae ata hb aca 719 Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor Windows c assess 0 000000 ce eee eee 720 Dither Network Probes ice2dueasdatsiardedat cas tead gad enue ead dade a aa dadies cated 721 Message Appears on Computer During Setup 20 00 eee eee gt 722 Packets Are Sent Constantly Windows n os saanane eneee 724 Checking Network Information s esse cssrrrreriiui reirei e eee ES 725 Restonng to Factory Derus ennnen ea os a a a a a awa 72
55. 24 9 9 La ee Be hore ok Goh ue de eo R 868 AlO icdkivnds CGS6 565 C8 ee nein GREECE EDS REPRE REECE LOSE HESER ERED EES 869 Sy y eee eS Cees eee eee eee ete er ee ee eS eee eee ee ee 870 PU te 225 Gate eeesibhat causes tengactebhesaseres seek earnest iesaesnsauees 871 S090 a ee rs ee ee re ere eee es re 872 Pet 2e ee Se ete E E E e eRee Reese ns weet ECE T EEE 873 Pe livetetaseseeeetisisoeeheceseqeceasiesaueceeseutenesrercegemneeses 874 ce ee er ee ee ee ee eee eee ee 875 DEO ee eee es eee a ee E eee ee eee ee ee ee eee ree eee ee 876 PE praa pima a e se deieestcetee seas sete eGhceoete eed E an E 877 Ch ee ee eee ee eee ee ee ee re ee ee 878 65k E ee ee so ek eo oe a ee 879 be TE E E T T E E E E T E E E E A E E 880 co Se iiei tehet ee ere ee r eee re eee ee ee 881 SeA oy E A E ee eee eee bap Cio ae ee 4 eke Ae eee ies TST eae 882 Pe eee ossstels eS iangseessewseeset Coetee geese eesetaesss See segue teins 883 OOOO ee ee Se ee ee ee ee eee ee eee 884 OO e erir Gad ese bauu Soa seeegduresestn see tgueddad ee E 887 CO eet ctenebae totes tnduceteesbae teehee eedace she ne ghee eetecegasudsus 888 24 eae ae eee nt E e ee ae ee ee ee ee ee eee eer ee re ee ee ee eee 889 SG Sane Re aoe 04 4b E GB Rinse FE Oe 44h E oan eee edd Fk 890 eo cine chee A E A se tage eeeee ge Geek sul etek es eeeghepeetessseeueces 891 Oe ts oh cee ates hese ea EPE A N T E A ote e EL T EEE EE 892 O a eee ee ee aaa ee ee were R a r eee ee 893 Col siete A A E A EEE EEA E bese
56. 264 F 5880S SNS VRE 1S S40 ese a 394 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data EEE PT ERTER TOT E Hp dheowees Boo Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver 2 4sce0 s 000 es 0008s 00eesa0es 405 397 Printing with ICC Profiles EEE AE EE ee er ee ere AEO EEEE P o Adjusting Color Balance see ercorarresrkre tssis tado ikarea oo aoe eaaa 402 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Fiaa aeaa 404 Adjusting BrighinesS cs erssreianiiis r t ERE REE OER EERE REE RE DROME OES 408 SPO PPS RIT ENS PRG sy dana ah hc dh aca Se Blea Bead re ec te tah On 410 Adjusting COMMAS 42 604 bend bebe VEER RAED ORE a ede Vee Ra We Re ee aeee os 412 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 414 Overview of the Printer DIivGl oc iccicsne0d sent deced steed dawda dead doen eeeed eens 418 Canon IJ Printer Driver TETTE T Jesti eb de aarlh ERTO TIIT er 419 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window eee eed oe fieraku dpa seaweed 420 Canon lJ Status Monitor ath cs dich ah crake Getta me teas Sere E EEIE POETE aarti ae ata 421 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 00000 000 eee eee 422 Canon N PPV see a 8h wrk Se ene Ge a de Ge ee ome Sees Ser eh ye en Se ka a 423 Deleting the Undesired Print JOD o u0ndvau ccc erede ae eadueuwat idnina idake idaga 424 Instructions for Use Printer Driver so0ciseens ovens bO 44 oe bwo eeu ei dw
57. 625 Flexible Allows you to freely adjust the cropping frames scan areas In thumbnail view Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned When no cropping frame is displayed each frame is scanned individually In whole image view When no cropping frame is displayed the entire Preview area will be scanned When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned Paper Size L A4 etc Select an output paper size The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of the selected paper size You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio Monitor Size 1024 x 768 pixels etc Select an output size in pixels A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will be displayed and the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio Add Delete Opens the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box in which you can specify custom output sizes You can select this option when Destination is Print or Image display In the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box you can specify multiple output sizes and save them at one time Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected along with the predefined items Adding Enter Output
58. 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 3 Install the MP Drivers Take the appropriate action as described on the screen 4 Complete the installation Click Complete Depending on the environment you are using a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed To complete the installation properly restart the computer Important e You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the MP Drivers However when installing the XPS printer driver first complete installation of the MP Drivers e You can download the MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers 477 Printing Using Canon Application Software My Image Garden Guide Easy PhotoPrint Guide 478 My Image Garden Guide
59. Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 574 Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Click ScanGear on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings ScanGear dialog box In the Settings ScanGear dialog box you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting ScanGear scanner driver and how to respond after saving them Fie Name Save re Data Format JPEG Image Quality Cl Save to a subfolder with current date C Enable trge image scans C Check scan results Appkceton Settings Open wath an application UB Canon My Image Garden O Send to an application D Preview O Send to a folder None O Attach to emai J None Attach Manually O Stt ocr aT Output to Text O Do not start any agpicaton 1 Save Settings Area 2 Application Settings Area D Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format 3 Note When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four
60. Basic Mode tab of ScanGear scanner driver select Magazine Color in Select Source Refer to Basic Mode Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details e On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear set Descreen in Image Settings to ON Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Note e If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo take the above measures and scan again Check the monitor s color depth Refer to Help of Windows or the monitor s manual for details on how to check the monitor s color depth t te Clean the platen and document cover If the document is in poor condition dirty faded etc then set Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction Grain Correction etc in Image Settings on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details If the color tone of images is different from the original document take the following measures and scan again 779 e On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to None Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details e On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear set Color Matching Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details 780 Q Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Specify the scan area
61. Bottom Plate Cleaning dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer As instructed in the dialog box fold the A4 size or Letter size plain paper in half horizontally and then unfold the sheet Fold one side of the paper in another half aligning the edge with the center crease then unfold the paper With the ridges of the creases facing up load the paper into the front tray so that the edge of the half with no crease faces away from you 4 Perform the bottom plate cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Bottom plate cleaning starts 192 Cleaning Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 193 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine 194 Cleaning the Platen Glass an
62. Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion Vlhan tha Tarme ara madified Danan Do not agree Agree 136 Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms af the Driusaau Clatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 6 Register a password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center On the My Account Registration screen enter you desired password into Password and Password Confirmation and select Next Register My account Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel gt Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 7 Enter Nickname Enter any user name tha
63. Correction Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 403 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pisin Paper Leter 8 511 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences 404 ABCDEF Saergle Tygo Rorderd v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK Dyer Magerta Yabu ptensty Cortrot Letter 85x11 22x28cm Some as Page Sre v Urgo Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan Magenta Yellow gt Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is che
64. Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary DJ Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning turn off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement see No Ink Comes Out Related Topic Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern 183 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Cleans the paper feed rollers Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed rollers and paper is not fed properly The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows Roller Cleaning 1 Prepare the printer Remove all sheets of paper from the front tray 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Click Roller Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The confirmation message appears 4 Execute paper feed roller cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Paper feed roller cleaning starts 5 Complete paper feed roller cleaning After the rollers have stopped follow the message instructions and load one sheet of plain paper or a cleaning sheet available on the market into the front tray Then click OK Paper will be ejected and feed roller cleaning will be completed 184 Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position adjustment errors in the print
65. Do with This Software This software enables you to preview scan results or set document type and output size etc when scanning documents It is useful when you want to scan in a specific color tone as it allows you to make various corrections and adjust brightness contrast etc Screens There are two modes Basic Mode and Advanced Mode Switch modes by clicking a tab on the upper right of the screen 3J Note e ScanGear starts in the last used mode e Settings are not retained when you switch modes Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on screen steps 9 3 and CI Adjust cropping frames image oorrechons aa C corect facing EE Color Pattern Pertorm Scan Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode output resolution image brightness color tone etc when scanning 589 590 Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear Scanner Driver Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver 591 Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Use ScanGear scanner driver to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or other applications Note e Set up the network environment if you hav
66. FINE cartridge In this case click the graphics to open the Ink Details dialog box You can check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your printer The colors are calibrated to match the color with the least amount of ink remaining and then all colors are displayed at the same level Document Name Shows the name of the document to be printed Owner Shows the owner s name of the document to be printed 470 Printing Page Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages Display Print Queue Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue Cancel Printing Cancels the current print job D Important e The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the printer Once the print data has been sent the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor when a printer related message is generated the Canon lJ Status Monitor starts When Enable Status Monitor is selected following commands are available Always Display Current Job Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor during printing Always Display on Top Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows Display Guide Message Displays the guide for operations in which how to set paper is complicated Envelope Printing Displays the guide message when envelope printing starts To
67. Frames ScanGear for details on cropping frames 639 Output Settings Output Settings allows you to set the following items Output Resolution Select the resolution to scan at The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Select a resolution from the options displayed by clicking the button or enter a value in 1 dpi increments Refer to Resolution for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details When Select Source is Platen You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 19200 dpi When Select Source is Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 600 dpi Output Size Select an output size Select Flexible to set custom sizes or select a size for printing or displaying Select Add Delete to set custom size and save it as a new output size option Flexible You can specify the output resolution and scale and adjust the cropping frames scan areas In thumbnail view Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned When no cropping frame is displayed each frame is scanned individually 640 In whole image view When no cropping frame is displayed the entire Preview area will be scanned When a cropping frame is displayed the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned Note To enlarge reduc
68. INC Dropbox CANON INC Photos in Tweets CANON INC Facebook Close To switch between app registration deletion select FAN oF To return to the Group management screen select Close This completes the setup of the group to be used by the entire office Note e The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain e If you want to set up new apps as an individual you can add a group To create a new group use Add group and then in the setup screen for the added group add users and printers Limiting Apps That Each User Can Use Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use 33 Important The available apps may differ depending on the country or the region Limiting Apps That Each User Can Use Set the following e Entire office Use only Evernote app e President Use Evernote app and Facebook app 120 Available Apps Office group Chief Authority Administrator Manager Authority Standard user Sieh Authority Standard user President Authority Standard user Printer 1 1 From E select Group management series Mng printer Manage users Group management Advanced management T Facebook ba Photos in Tweets Evernote gt Note e This appears only if Manage by gro
69. If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Page Layout Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing Normal size This is the normal printing method Select this when you do not specify any page layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document Borderless Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page margins In borderless printing originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper Thus printing can be performed without any margins border Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing Amount of Extension Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the document to print Fit to Page This function enables you to automatically en
70. Image 1 Scan Image 2 The second item is scanned and appears in 2 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 10 Adjust the scanned images as required Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in out or drag the images to adjust their positions Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 oD dust copping fames Save 2 Note e Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window To scan an item again select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen then click x Delete The selected image is deleted allowing you to scan the item again 11 Click Save 2 Scan Ovecton Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scan Image 2 Stort Scanning Image 2 adust copping fames O The combined image is saved gt Note e Refer to Image Stitch Window for details on the Image Stitch window You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box displayed by clicking Settings 532 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Cropping is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it In the Image Stitch window you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area DJ Note e Refer to Adjusting
71. Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print You cannot change the levels of pure white and black However the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 436 Print a pattern for color adjustment When the color balance or intensity contrast is changed the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment Pattern Print preferences Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button The Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings Pattern Print dialog box Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity cont
72. Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 2 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder Instructions Opens this guide 577 Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 578 Sett
73. In thumbnail view Output size image corrections and other settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will be applied 665 In whole image view Represents an unselected cropping frame The settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will not be applied Adjusting a Cropping Frame A The cursor will change into aii I y re Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping frame If you click and drag the mouse in the direction of the arrow the cropping frame will expand or contract accordingly The cursor will change into fp Crosshair Arrow when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame Note On the Advanced Mode tab you can specify the cropping frame size by entering the values into 7 Width and Height in Input Settings e You can rotate a cropping frame 90 degrees by clicking ce Switch Aspect Ratio However Eat Switch Aspect Ratio is not available when Output Size is Flexible Creating Multiple Cropping Frames In thumbnail view You can only create one cropping frame per image 666 In whole image view Click and drag the mouse in a space outside the existing cropping frame to create a new cropping frame in the Preview area The new cropping frame will be the active cropping frame and the old cropping frame will be the unselected cropping frame You can create multiple cropping frames and appl
74. Is platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Is paper feed roller dirty Clean paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller DJ Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it so do this only when necessary Is inside of machine dirty During duplex printing ink may stain the inside of the machine smudging the printout Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning D gt Note e To prevent staining inside the machine be sure to set the correct paper size Set longer ink drying time This allows the printed surface to dry preventing smudges and scratches For Windows 1 Make sure machine is turned on 752 2 Open printer driver setup window How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 3 Click Maintenance tab and Custom Settings 4 Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and click OK 5 Check message and click OK e For Mac OS 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Open the Canon IJ Printer Utility Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility 3 Select Custom Settings in the pop up menu 4 Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and click Apply 5 Check message and click OK 753 Q Back of Paper Is Smudged Check paper and print quality settings Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Perform bottom plate cleaning to clea
75. Mobile Integration Guide A Scan to E mail wage CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Add delete Manage 4 Follow instructions appearing in screen and select Next 5 In user registration screen select Show QR Code You can also access the URL manually from you smartphone tablet or computer Access the URL below from a smartphone or tablet to perform user registration cl ev1 c ij com join ZV3UPX Show QR Code 6 Read displayed QR code by using your smartphone or tablet Copyright 71 To return to the cloud main screen select Exit J Note e You must have a special app to read QR codes from your smartphone or tablet If you do not have an app that reads QR codes on your smartphone or tablet install one from App Store or Google Play 7 In Preparation for registration screen select Send blank e mail Preparation for registration As preparation for registration send a blank e mail When you select Send blank e mail a blank e mail will be sent to this service and an e mail containing the URL for completing the registration work will be sent to your e mail address later lf you want to register with a different e mail address than the one set on the e mail client select Do not send Note that the e mail for completing the registration work will be sent from noreply mail cs c ij com If you use e mail filters be sure to allow e mail from this address Send blank e mail Do not send Note e
76. Noenslsize H D Normalcize Borderless Feto Page Sealed Pian Paper Custom 8 50 11 00 lt l V Automatically reduce large document that the parter cannct output Ouples Parting of Arona Stapling Side Long ade stapling Left Sons gt 11 99 1 KZ Sires Lon Poze T Colste Pact Options Stamp Background ok ce _ too The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens inches G 50 16 54 inches 5 00 26 61 3 Set the custom paper size Specify Units and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used Then click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified paper size 385 Important e If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values e Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user defined media For information about printable sizes for user defined media see Media Types You Can Use 386 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used In the Canon IJ XPS preview window you can edit the print document or re
77. Note e If Easy WebPrint EX is not installed a message asking you to install it may appear in the notification area on the desktop Click the message and follow the instructions to install Easy WebPrint EX e Internet access is required to install or download Easy WebPrint EX CEA ls Canon Easy WebPrint EX selected on Toolbars menu in Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not selected Easy WebPrint EX is disabled Select Canon Easy WebPrint EX to enable it Check the following to make sure your system environment supports Easy WebPrint EX e Is it installed on the computer with proper system requirements e Did you start it using a compatible version of Internet Explorer Visit Canon website for more information of the system requirements of Easy WebPrint EX 801 Q Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment Windows A Download the latest MP Drivers The latest MP Drivers for your model are available for download on the Canon website Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded In the connection method selection screen select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection The machine is detected automatically in the network Make sure the machine was found and install the MP Drivers following the on screen instructions Note e The network settings on the machine are not affected so the machine can be used
78. Password and Password Confirmation and then select Next 75 Register My account Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated UniversalTime a D Important e The user name entry field has the following character restrictions e The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 76 5 Specify the Time zone setting and select Done Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time 4 The registration is complete A registration completion message i
79. Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 3 Note Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Therefore perform cleaning only when necessary Ink Group When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning the Ink Group window is displayed Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you execute cleaning or deep cleaning Print Head Alignment Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines 452 Align the print head immediately after installing the print head When you click Print Head Alignment the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print Print a nozzle check pattern and check whether the print head is working properly If the print result for a specific color is fainted or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head To display a list of items that you should check before printing the nozzle check pattern click Initial Check Items Print Check Pattern This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles are clogged
80. Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side Leaving the paper loaded on the front tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl In this case load the paper with the other side facing up It may resolve the problem 750 Other Paper If the paper corners curl more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may smudge or may not feed properly Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl A 1 Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below pg he 2 Check that paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note Depending on paper type the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Print side We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time Set printer to prevent paper abrasion Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper set the machine to prevent paper abrasion using the operation panel or the computer This may reduce the print speed Once you have finished printing undo this setting Otherwise it will apply to subsequent print jobs
81. ScanGear scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen e Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected For Photos Postcards Business Cards or BD DVD CD For Magazines Newspapers or Documents y S 4 z f Placing a Single Item Place the item face down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Place the item face down on the platen with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and the item Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned J Important gt Important Refer to Loading Originals for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the e Large items such as A4 size photos that cannot be portions in which items cannot be scanned placed away from the edges arrow alignment mark of 662 the platen may be saved as PDF files To save ina format other than PDF scan by specifying the data format Placing Multiple Items Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and items and between items Portions placed on t
82. Setup CD ROM Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 799 If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen Printer Connection Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer and turn on the printer The printer is not detected Check the connection Cancel Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen Connect Cable Screen Other cases Reinstall the MP Drivers If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly uninstall the MP Drivers restart your computer and then reinstall the MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM or install them from the Canon website 3J Note e If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error Windows operation may be unstable and you may not be able to install the drivers Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers For Mac OS Download the drivers from the support page of Canon website and reinstall it 800 Q Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear Windows A If Easy WebPrint EX does not start or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer check the following Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX displayed on Toolbars menu in Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not displayed Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer Install the latest version of Easy WebPrint EX from the Canon website
83. Side on the Page Setup tab The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best staple position When you want to change the setting select from the list Letter 8 5 x11 22280m A Posse A O Lange Ci Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Page Layout Nomalsine Ha D 9 a Pian Paper 85x11 2028m Nomasize Borderless Fitto Page Scaled Page Layout lt gt di V Atomatically reduce large document that the parter cannot output Cl Opies Parting J Atomai Stapling Side Long side saping Leh v Specty Margin Sons rs 1 995 1 LZ irene Poe V Colste Pact Options Samp Background Detauts ee Loe 3 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 350 J Note The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width Important Stapling Side and Specify Margin appear grayed out and are unavailable when Borderless Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected for Page Layout e Scaled is selected for Page Layout When Duplex Printing is also selected only Stapling Side can be specified Execute Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarg
84. Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen Select Output Size 1 A3 A4x 2 Scan Orecton San from Left Scan Image 1 fi Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 EIC adust copping fames Save 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Thumbnail View Area 4 Preview Area 3J Note The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Output Size B4 B5 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately A3 A4 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately 11 x 17 Letter x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately Full Platen x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen separately Scan Direction Scan from Left Displays the first scanned image on the left side Scan from Right Displays the first scanned image on the right side 584 Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scan Image 2 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item 2 Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Sean Image
85. This section describes how to enable the access point mode the access point name SSID of the machine and the security setting Enabling Access Point Mode Printing Scanning with Access Point Mode Terminating Access Point Mode Access Point Mode Setting Important e Before using the machine with the access point mode check the usage restrictions and switch the machine to the access point mode Restrictions e If you use the machine with the access point mode for a long time we recommend you change the default password to the combination of numbers and letters from the point of view of security Enabling Access Point Mode Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 3 Press Black button Color button and then Wi Fi button in this order The ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the access point mode is enabled Note e To check the machine s MAC address and serial number and the current access point mode settings print out the network setting information Printing Network Settings e You can specify the security setting optionally Access Point Mode Setting Printing Scanning with Access Point Mode Specify the device settings connect the device to the machine and then start printing scanning following the procedure below Note e Before connect
86. When you select Send blank e mail the destination entry completed mailer starts up automatically After the blank e mail is created send that e mail without making any changes If you want to register a different e mail address select Do not send to display the E mail address entry screen 72 Preparation for registration Enter the e mail address you want to register below then select Continue registration An e mail from noreply mail cs c ij com will be sent to the specified e ma 5 If you use e mail filters be sure to allow e mail from this address E mail address Continue registration In the displayed screen enter the E mail address that you want to register and then select Continue registration Note e If you enter an e mail address that has already been registered you will receive an already registered e mail Follow the instructions in the e mail and register a different e mail address Important There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e Up to 255 characters consisting of single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by going to the printer s Home scree
87. With the Front Cover retracted Approx 11 9 Ib Approx 5 4 kg With the FINE Cartridges installed Canon FINE Cartridge Total 1792 nozzles BK 640 nozzles C M Y each 384 nozzles 322 Copy Specifications Multiple copy max 21 pages Reduction Enlargement Fit to page Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows TWAIN 1 9 Specification WIA Mac OS ICA Maximum scanning size A4 Letter 8 5 x 11 7 216 x 297 mm Scanning resolution Optical resolution horizontal x vertical max 1200 x 2400 dpi 1 Interpolated resolution max 19200 x 19200 dpi 2 1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473 2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning area Gradation Input Output Gray 16 bit 8 bit Color 48 bit 24 bit RGB each 16 bit 8 bit Network Specifications Communication protocol TCP IP Wireless LAN Supported Standards EEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup Other Features Administration password Minimum Syst
88. a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 O e Operation Status Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used P e Proxy server A server that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 R Router A relay device to connect to another network 308 S e Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the wireless router is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 e SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode a wireless router hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the wireless router to detect it e Subnet Mask IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by a wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example
89. a 325 Media Types You Can Use 06 ccc cto eke hnceiehe pete diirit e e ipie gai 326 Paper boad OME ccaahecae astme aaaeei aaea eaa e A 242498 328 Media Types You Cannot Use nannan aaae e 330 BCU fa 2 See ee ee eee nee we we metre ee a e ET TAn ee ee ere ee ee ee 331 Printing Area eee TETERE AT breath pie ep rk ee TEETE act abate ROTER RTTE TET ve 332 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes nunnana aana 00 cece eee ees 333 eter E e S 45 EE AE EEE TE EES E E EE EEE E E CE AE O ET E E EE E 334 Envel DES nerne a a a Aaa ee ioe E e See Oe eee R 335 Administrator PASSWORT R E 336 Authentication n a nanana ee ee ee a 337 Where Serial Number Is Located 0 0 00 cc eee ee eee eee 338 List of Function for Each Model n a aana anaana aaaea 339 P aa E a A ER OIRO ae S 340 Pining rom Computer cesi rriricteiphetet eidi ees ENERO CEEE EEES TEPEE 341 Printing from Application Software Windows Printer Driver 0 0 00 cee cece eee eee 342 Printing Wih Easy SOU 024 uccdd on tah behead idee eds 343 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver 2s cccsdsces ab0e Hb desadedousasaaaed dad ee ad 345 Various Printing Memods ssc dccne ead dan eeteeaeawd ans sree ees ie erased AANT ETE 346 Setting a Page Size and Orientation 24 503 254 49 coe29eh9S ee4a Rede gee ese aS oes 347 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Shas eee ne eeecadin SAD Setting the Stapling IWIARQIN 5 4 0 4 59 4 4 oe amp 4 4 GG
90. a PDF file that supports keyword search is created Folder to Save Temporary Files Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily Click Browse to specify the destination folder 579 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 580 Save Settings Dialog Box Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog box to display the Save Settings dialog box after scanning You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results D Important e After scanning from My Image Garden the Save Settings dialog box does not appear Data Format PEG Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with arrent date 1 Preview Operation Buttons 2 Scan Results Area 3 Save Settings Area 1 Preview Operation Buttons c an a za Rotate Left 90 Rotate Right 90 Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter clockwise or clockwise E ah Select the image you want to rotate then click a Rotate Left 90 or za Rotate Right 90 gt Important The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in the Settings ScanGear dialog box 2 Scan Results Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images You can change the save order of images via drag and drop The file names f
91. a e kaa aAa a a Y 756 Ne Mk COMES QUl nyeta nurma dE uaa cde aa aa a ee Mande a aaa a E BR 758 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Enmof 225024460 see vaca hud ed ease es obee eek ew 759 Automatic Duplex Printing ProDIEmMS ca ioc csae daa rea swak id eeuddik a a we aGele hun R a 761 Copying Pining SOS jitter as eseee ata thing ghedidesaacebaacza wes daaanee 4 763 Canmot Pnt US HO ANP aae reg sins cde ead Graig acd a E asap coh sarod boa aoe Aba aad enon eh Gna oi 764 Scanning Problems Windows iv ce ch onan on ea eeld Ce oe ke ees dene bans 8e0eRS 765 Seata haee e Ss a ewan RA hae Rad eed heehee eae haem amon d walla Ades 766 Scanner Does NOt WORK 5264 4544 ee dees Reh GORE SE eR OEE YOR REESE SERENE REDE HS 767 scanGear Scanner Driver Does Not Start 2 0 422 2 cae ee eee eee eee eee ee 768 Error Message Appears and the ScanGear Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear 769 Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time 2 cee cee cece eee beeen eens 770 Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan PARE TANAN TETIT ae CEE er ee eee pipes ATA SOW ScalING SUES 4 vce cas oaths Nee os Saad aar a S444 0ehe Leese Haseee ears 772 There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed niideti TETE AREFE TETEE PT sa TT Computer Stops Operating during Scanning s s saasaa eeaeee 774 Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows ERTE T OATES T75 Scanned Image Does Not Open scasso oo eine Gade SR RNS ese PRUE HRA erd AT ad
92. and creates recommended items such as collages and cards The created items appear in slide shows If there is an item you like you can easily print it in just two steps 1 In Image Display of Quick Menu select the item you want to print 2 Print the item with My Image Garden 35 Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme eal gt a pas Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions Refer to the following for details What You Can Do with My Image Garden Windows What You Can Do with My Image Garden Mac OS 36 Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A printing materials site where you can download all the printing materials for free Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided It is easily accessible from Quick Menu CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden or Easy PhotoPrint Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden or Easy PhotoPrint To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer Note
93. and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 895 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 896 6936 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 897 6937 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 898 6938 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 899 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 900 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the m
94. are created JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date 573 If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click
95. be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www canon europe com weee Korisnici u Srbiji E Ovaj simbol ozna ava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odla e sa ostalim ku nim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU i nacionalnim zakonima Ovaj proizvod treba predati odre enom centru za prikupljanje npr na osnovi jedan za jedan kada kupujete sli an novi proizvod ili ovl enom centru za prikupljanje za recikla u istro ene elektri ne i elektronske opreme EEE Nepravilno rukovanje ovom 204 vrstom otpada moze da ima mogu e negativne posledice po ivotnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za E
96. both sides of documents from the ADF in color Document Grayscale ADF Duplex only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white 624 gt Important e Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF For details refer to the application s manual 3J Note e When you select a document type the unsharp mask function will be active When you select an option other than the ADF types the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active e If you select Magazine Color the descreen function will be active Display Preview Image Preview Performs a trial scan CI Adjust cropping lrames image Corrections ca C corect facing 3 Color Patten Pertorm Scan Note e When using the machine for the first time scanner calibration starts automatically Wait a while until the preview image appears Destination Select what you want to do with the scanned image Print Select this to print the scanned image on a printer Image display Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor OCR Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software OCR software is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be edited in word processors and other programs Output Size Select an output size Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination
97. box as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Photo Product Name Canon series a a Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch ScanGear bere Scanning starts gt Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Photo Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Photo Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings 527 Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Custom Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK D gt Note e Once the settings are made you can scan with the same settings from the next time 3 Place the item on the platen Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 4 Click Custom Product Name Canon series m e Auto Document Photo Instructors Scanning starts DJ Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Custom Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Custom Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings 528 Sca
98. can write files to a memory card from a computer connected to a network Note that it may increase the risk that the data on the memory card is infected by computer viruses or accessed illegally We recommend you use the access control function of the machine or connect to the Internet via a router For information on using a router contact your Internet service provider or a network device manufacturer If you write files to a memory card over a network when IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not running the Date Modified of the files may not be proper Make sure to start up IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before you write files to a memory card over the network For details refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen from the HOME of your product s Online Manual 303 When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If No Driver is displayed for the printer s name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen the printer driver is not associated with a created port To associate a port with a printer driver follow the procedure below 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select printer displayed as No Driver on Name 3 Select Associate Port on Settings menu The Associate Port screen is displayed Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cick OK Model Canon E senes Printer Name Status Mode Avadable Canon m3 Fry Available Canon Avadable Microsoft PORTPROMPT Avai
99. closed before you stand the machine up on its side e Stand the machine on a wide and flat surface such as a desk e Hold the machine securely with both hands to stand it up being careful not to hit anything 3 If protective material for transport unit remains attached remove it 4 Push open lever to open transport unit Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over when you open or close the transport unit 824 5 Pull out jammed paper slowly Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over as you pull out the jammed paper f P j py D Note e If the paper is rolled up and difficult to remove pull out the edge of the paper first e If you cannot remove the jammed paper from the transport unit close the transport unit return the machine to its original position and remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside Machine 6 Close transport unit JJ Note e Once you have closed the transport unit return the printer to its original position right away 825 7 Plug machine back in and turn it back on 8 Reload paper All jobs in the print queue are canceled Redo the printing If the measures above do not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 826 1304 Cause Paper is jammed during automatic duplex printing What to Do If the paper is jammed when performing automatic dupl
100. code shown Search To resolve errors that do not have support codes see Message Appears 808 Message Appears This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear J Note A support code error number is displayed on the computer for some errors For details on errors that have support code see List of Support Code for Error Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed Windows Writing Error Output Error Communication Error Windows Other Error Messages Windows Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Windows Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears Mac OS Q Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed A See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action Q Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed Windows A The machine may have been unplugged while it was on Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK The machine starts printing See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord Q Writing Error Output Error Communication Error Windows A If the ON lamp is off make sure machine is plugged in and turn it on The ON lamp flashes while the machine is initializing Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit
101. color correction Click Matching tab and select Driver Matching for Color Correction Caller Correction KM None 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness 397 Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 398 Printing with ICC Profiles When the image data has a specified input ICC profile you can print by using the color space SRGB of the data effectively The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data When you print the editing and touch up results of Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the ima
102. computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Save scanned images to a data management service e Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 33 Important e In certain countries PLXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand e To find out which models support PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link check the Canon homepage The screen display may change without prior notice 505 Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Google Cloud Print Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection Sending Print Data and Printing without Going through Internet g
103. configure a printing profile that is common to all application software 1 Select as described below e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows 7 select the Start menu gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers e If you are using Windows XP select the start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 2 Right click your model name icon and then select Printing preferences from the displayed menu The printer driver setup window appears Important e Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Properties Windows Vista Windows XP displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports or Advanced tab Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software For tabs regarding Windows functions refer to the user s manual for the Windows 420 Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing You will know the status of the printer with graphics icons and messages Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches au
104. copy drect print etc performed drectly from the printer Lo cons Defouts Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the machine with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the machine during a specified period of time Set the Start time and End time during which quiet mode is to be activated J Important The time specified in Start time and in End time must be different If your scanner or printer does not support fax functions quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the machine even if the hours are specified Select Folder Where Temporary Files are Saved Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily To change the folder click Browse to specify another one Sound Settings You can set the machine to play music during at the end of a scan Select the Play music during scanning or Play sound when scanning is completed checkbox then click Browse and specify a sound file You can specify the following files e MIDI file mid rmi midi e Audio file wav aif aiff 653 MP3 file mp3 Calibration Settings When you set Execute at Every Scan to ON the scanner will be calibrated every time before previewin
105. custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units 432 Related Topics eevee ee eee Reyes Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Execute Borderless Printing Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile 433 Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type Unless special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab Pian Paper Leter 85 11 22280m l Grayscale Prrting C Preview before panting Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a
106. data formats vary by application and operating system Windows or Mac OS See below for the characteristics of each image data format PNG Standard File Extension png A data format often used on websites PNG is suitable for editing saved images JPEG Standard File Extension jpg A data format often used on websites and for digital camera images JPEG features high compression rates JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are saved and cannot be returned to their original state JPEG is not available for black and white images TIFF Standard File Extension tif A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications TIFF is suitable for editing saved images D gt Note Some TIFF files are incompatible e IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats e Uncompressed black and white binary e Uncompressed RGB 8 bits per channel e Uncompressed Grayscale PDF Standard File Extension pdf A data format for electronic documents developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated It can be used on various computers and operating systems and fonts can be embedded as well therefore people in different environments can exchange the files without being aware of the differences 685 Color Matching Color Matching is the act of making adjustments so that the color tones match between the original item the monitor display and the color printout On your scan
107. delete apps manage users and perform various other operations A Standard user can check printer information and start apps For information about the functions that each user can use refer to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window If you are using MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer select Multiuser mode in the Mng printer screen to set the printer to Multiuser mode Each user can then start an app and print documents Note e If you have not set your own Security code select Multiuser mode to display the Security code setup screen If you select Cancel you will not be able to set Multiuser mode e If you are the Administrator a confirmation screen appears asking whether you want to send an e mail prompting standard users without a Security code to set up their Security code e To send a notification e mail is sent only to users without a Security code and to set Multiuser mode select OK To set Multiuser mode without sending a notification e mail select Cancel Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 139 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the update button If you do not receive the registration e mail If you cannot print Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering
108. different e mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If your model has color LCD monitor On the printer s Home screen select il Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration 140 If your model has monochrome LCD monitor On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from service to delete the service registration If your model has no LCD monitor Displaying Printer Information gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration To display printer information go to the Online Manual home page and see Checking Printer Information for your model After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print If your model has color LCD monitor e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet e Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor If printing does not start even after you wait awhile go to the printer s home screen and select Setup gt Web servic
109. digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the wireless router passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically 277 Setup Information Confirmation Screen gt Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays the settings used for client authentication Check the settings and click Finish Qheck the settings for chert authentication and then cick Frish 278 Wired LAN Sheet Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection To display the Wired LAN sheet click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wied LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use net IP addess 1 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fi
110. digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder The default save folders are as follows Windows 8 1 Documents folder 575 e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages DJ Note e When PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 pixels can be scanned e When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings or when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when sav
111. e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box 7 Click Custom Product Name Canon series v mw 5 glmaia lt instructors Multiple items are scanned at one time 3 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings 536 Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results then save the images to a computer gt Important e You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan 3J Note e The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings Product Name Canon series vj 2 Qe lt The Settings dialog box appears 3 Click Photo Scan JPEG Image Quality C save to a subfolder wth current date C check scan results 4 Select the Check scan results checkbox then click OK 537 PEG Image Quaity Cl Save toa subfolder with current date F Check scan results The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 2 Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings di
112. e Using this function slows down the print speed Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the check box 457 Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab a message is displayed To use paper width detection when printing from the computer select the check box Important e If you are using user defined paper use the Custom Paper Size to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded clear the check box Ink Drying Wait Time The printer can pause before printing a subsequent page Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing About dialog box When you click About the About dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays the version copyright and module list of the printer d
113. environment Power supply Power consumption External dimensions 4800 horizontal x 1200 vertical Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1 4800 inch at minimum USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 LAN Port Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies with Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1 2 Setup possible through WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup USB and LAN can be used at the same time 8 inches 203 2 mm for Borderless Printing 8 5 inches 216 mm Temperature 41 to 95 F 5 to 35 C Humidity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation AC 100 240 V 50 60 Hz Printing Copy Approx 16 W 1 Standby minimum Approx 1 4 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 1 W 1 Wireless LAN is active 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed Approx 17 7 W x 12 D x 6 H inches Approx 449 W x 304 D x 152 H mm
114. geene Lf mya ser bo petered whe wy pmet a A me see Ral a Ne Pa ees cpt E ewa alt in 8 erei E mail address Printer registration ID About printer registration IO Cancel gt Important There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e Up to 255 characters consisting of single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols _ Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by selecting the Setup button on the printer operation panel and then selecting Web service setup gt Connection setup gt JCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from service You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address Access the URL in the e mail Register the Information and Complete the User Registration 1 Check that e mail containing URL has been sent to entered e mail address and access URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statemen
115. has stopped rotating close the paper output tray then load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market in the front tray 5 Open the output tray extension open the paper output tray then extend the paper output support 6 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes seven times then release it immediately The machine starts cleaning The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller contact the service center 196 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Remove stains from the inside of the machine If the inside of the machine becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the front tray 2 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half widthwise then unfold the paper 3 Fold one side of the opened paper in another half aligning the edge with the center crease then unfold the paper 4 Load only this sheet of paper in the front tray with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side 5 Open the output tray extension open the paper output tray then extend the paper output support 6 H
116. in the Maintenance tab Related Topics Cleaning Inside the Printer Changing the Printer Operation Mode 370 Stamp Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data The procedure for performing stamp background printing is as follows Printing a Stamp CONFIDENTIAL IMPORTANT and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre registered 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Letter 8 5 x11 22280m A Pora A O Langrcape Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Page Layout Noensleire aH D A H B Nomasize Borderless Feto Page Scaled Page Layout Pisin Paper Leter 85 11 22280m lt gt V Atomatically reduce lange document that the perter cannot output Background first page only ox cc 3J Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 371 3 Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box and select the stamp to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side
117. is not available depending on the printer you are using To make sure whether this function is available with your printer refer to List of Function for Each Model Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer Displays when you click Setup on the Maintenance screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen D gt Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using IJ Network Tool enable the LAN settings in advance Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specty the deve letter and cick OK 1 Drive Select the drive letter to assign to the network drive 2 Update Reloads the drive letters that are unassigned in Computer My Computer in Windows XP and displays them in the Drive list Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen Displayed when the network setup of the card slot is failed 297 Communication with the Card Slot fated Please refer to the Instructions then cick Retry 1 Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot 2 Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re executes the network
118. it and the computer 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Select Canon XXX series Network where XXX is the model name for Product Name 3 Click Settings to use another scanner connected to a network iy 4 Click 1 General Settings then click Select in Product Name The Scan from PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears Select the scanner you want to use and click OK 5 In the Settings General Settings dialog box click OK The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears You can scan via a network connection Note If your scanner or printer does not appear check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again e MP Drivers is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Network Communication Problems for your model from Home of the Online Manual 690 Scanning from Computer Mac OS gt Using IJ Scan Utility Using Scanner Driver Scanning Tips Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Network Scan Settings 691 Scanning Using Smartphone Tablet This machine supports the following scan functions PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link is a web service provided by Canon Save scanned images to data storage services through inte
119. ite Make sure correct printer port is set in printer driver In the following instructions XXX signifies your machine s name 1 Log in using an account with administrator privileges 809 2 Make the following settings e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from Start menu In Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open printer driver properties e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click Canon XXX series Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name and then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click Canon XXX series Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name and then select Properties 4 Click Ports tab to check port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX series Printer appearing in Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s D Note e When the machine is used over LAN the port name of the machine is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the machine e If setti
120. may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports TWAIN You cannot start ScanGear scanner driver from applications not supporting TWAIN Exit ScanGear if it is running on another application 769 Q Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time A Make sure that the items are placed correctly Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Check if you can properly scan one item Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually 770 Q Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan A Make sure that the items are placed correctly Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Multiple item scanning may not be supported Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually 771 Q Slow Scanning Speed A To view the image on a monitor set the output resolution to around 150 dpi To print set it to around 300 dpi Resolution Set Fading Correction Grain Correction etc to None Refer to Image Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details In IJ Scan Utility deselect the Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box 772 Q There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed
121. media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Front Tray Paper is always supplied from the front tray Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose 59 Important e Depending on the Media Type settings the same print results may be produced even if the Print Quality is changed High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Custom Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually 434 Set Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button Open the Custom dialog box You can then individually set the print quality level Color Intensity Selects color adjustment method Auto Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast and so on are adjusted automatically Manual Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc and Color Correction method Set Select Manual for Color Intensity to enable this button In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box you can adjust individual color settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity a
122. not set a Security code set a Security code from My account and then Log in 8 Select Facebook app f Facebook ey Evernote 2 lt gt Notices Edit Only the president will be able to use the Facebook app from the printer Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use As an example this section describes the procedure for setting up one printer for the president and another printer for all users 129 Available Apps Office group Chief President Authorit Standard for Office group Manager Authority Standard user Staff Authority Standard user President group E9 Apps to be used by President grou Printer 2 4 _ 1 From E select Group management President Authority Standard user series Mng printer Manage users Group management Advanced management T Facebook Be Photos in Tweets Evernote Note This appears only if Manage by group for office users is set in Advanced management 2 Select Settings for the group containing all users 130 os Group management About group management Office Settings President Settings Add group Apps available on printers thatdo Close 3 On the Printers tab clear printer that was set up for president 7t Printers To return to the Group management screen select Close Important e If a user is being managed in multiple groups and an app is deleted or the target printer
123. number of copies your machine name media type etc K 14 Click Print L For Mac OS Click OK when the confirmation message appears then click Print Note My Image Garden lets you use images on your computer such as photos taken with a digital camera in a number of ways My Image Garden Guide Windows 28 My Image Garden Guide Mac OS 29 Copying Originals This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper 1 Open the front cover A 2 Extend the paper support B 3 Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the front tray ee 4 Align the paper guides with the paper width 5 Open the output tray extension C 6 Open the paper output tray D 7 Extend the paper output support E 10 11 12 D E c Open the document cover F Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with the alignment mark G Close the document cover gently gla Press the Paper button H to light the upper Paper lamp I Press the Black button or Color button J 332 Important Do not open the document cover until copying is complete DJ Note e For details on copy features see Copying 32 Printer Functions gt gt gt gt Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden D
124. of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error An Error Occurs 816 Waste tank full Ink absorber full No ink Ink cassette error Ink Error Hardware Error Printer error The ink absorber is nearly full Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt An Error Occurs Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error An Error Occurs The ink may have run out When the Alarm lamp flashes 13 times see 1686 to resolve the error Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error An Error Occurs An error requiring servicing may have occurred Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 817 If You Cannot Solve a Problem If there is a problem that you cannot solve following the instructions in this chapter contact Canon through the Support page of the Canon website or contact your nearest Canon service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Caution If the machine emits any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the machine and contact the se
125. of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the stamp details If necessary specify the following settings and then click OK Define Stamp button To change the stamp text bitmap or position click this Place stamp over text To print the stamp on the front of the document check this check box Note e The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap When this check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used e Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used When the XPS printer driver is used the stamp is normally printed in the foreground of the document Print semitransparent stamp Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp on the document This function is available only when the XPS printer driver is used Stamp first page only To print the stamp only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified stamp Printing a Background Two bitmap files are pre registered as samples 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background dialog box opens 3 Select the background Check the Background check box and s
126. of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the MP Drivers 342 Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Open the printer driver setup window 4 Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select a printing profile suited for the purpose When you select a printing profile the Additional Features Media Type and Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset Porter Paper Sze Letior 5x11 Z2c2Gem Onertation Potrat Pacer Source Foort Tray Copies 5 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High Standard or Draft according to your purpose 343 gt Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 6 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is printed with settings that match your purpose Portes Paper Size Letior 35X11 22230m Onentation Portrat Paper Source Feot Tray Copies gg gt Important e When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box all settings specified on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and you can print with the same settings
127. of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 463 Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Delete Document on the toolbar Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings This command has the same functionality as the Grayscale Printing check box in the print settings area Page Layout Printing Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing Pages Page Order and Page Border Duplex Printing Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing Automatic Stapling Side and Margin Copies Opens
128. or Letter load paper of the selected size When the page size is set to A4 load A4 plain paper When the page size is set to Letter load Letter sized plain paper e This setting is retained even if the machine is turned off 517 Copying from Smartphone Tablet By installing Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY on your smartphone or tablet you can copy an original by checking the settings on your smartphone tablet Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Connect machine and your smartphone tablet e Connection with a wireless router Wireless Connection e Connection without a wireless router Using Machine with Access Point Mode 4 Start Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY from your smartphone tablet 5 Make sure your machine is selected If not select your machine 6 Tap Copy 7 Specify settings as necessary The setting items below are available e Number of copies e Media type e Paper size e Magnification Quality 8 Load original document on platen glass 9 Tap Color for color copying or Black for black amp white copying 10 If screen asking you to enter password is displayed enter password and tap OK The machine starts copying DJ Note e The machine serial number is used as a password at the time of purchase Administrator Password 518 Scanning aS Scanning from Computer Windows Scanning from C
129. order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center J The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window Quick Setup Main Page Sep Martenance cy Page Sge Letier 8 5x11 22280m 1 Onertation A Pore A n n Rotate 180 degrees GR Portar Pacer Sze Letter 95 11 22280m 2 2 Page Layo Tiing Poster Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the margin for stapling and the margin width Click Specify and specify the following settings in the Booklet Printing dialog box and then click OK 365 ches 0012 Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank check the check box and select the page to be left blank Margin Enter the margin width The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin width for one page Page Border To print a page border around each document page check the check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is automatically printed f
130. page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu This menu includes the following command Displays Print Page Information Displays print setup information including printer paper size media type and page layout for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed and you ca
131. pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box and click OK 360 Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper select the number of pages from the list Page Order To change the page arrangement order select a placement method from the list Page Border To print a page border around each document page check this check box Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order 361 Tiling Poster Printing The tiling poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data divide it into several pages and print these pages on separate sheets of paper You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster The procedure for performing tiling poster printing is as follows Setting Tiling Poster Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set tiling poster printing Select Tiling Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Setup Man Page Sep Martenance EEN Page Sze Letier 8 5x11 22280m 4 Onentation A Pora A O Landecope Rotse 190 degrees GPP Portar Poper Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Ting Post
132. paper in the front tray 9 output tray extension Open to support ejected paper 208 10 10 operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it Operation Panel 11 platen glass Load an original here 209 Rear View 1 transport unit Open when removing jammed paper 2 power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord 3 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer 33 Important e Do not touch the metal casing e Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the computer 210 Inside View 1 ink cartridge lock lever Locks the FINE cartridge into place 2 FINE cartridge ink cartridges A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank 3 FINE cartridge holder Install the FINE cartridges here The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot 4 head cover Opens to enable replacement of the FINE cartridge The head cover will open automatically when you open the paper output cover Note For details on replacing a FINE cartridge see Replacing a FINE Cartridge gt Important The area around the parts A may be splattered with ink This does not affect the performance of the machine e Do not touch the parts A or the electrical contacts B behind them T
133. photo size generally used are set The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Business Document Select this setting when printing a general document If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Paper Saving Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document The 2 on 1 Printing and Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority 428 Envelope If you select this setting for printing an envelope Media Type is set automatically to Envelope In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box select the size of the envelope to be used J Note The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected Save Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings Delete Deletes a registered printing profile Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings and click Delete When a confirmation message is displayed click OK t
134. print out the network setting information Printing Network Settings If the machine network settings do not match with those of the wireless router change the network settings of the machine to match with those of the wireless router using IJ Network Tool ite Make sure machine is not placed too far away from the wireless router The machine can be up to 50 m 164 ft from the wireless router indoors Make sure the machine is close enough to the wireless router to be used Check for obstructions Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Move the machine and wireless router as necessary SS Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible G Make sure computer network settings are correct 710 For more on connecting and setting up a network device see the device instruction manual or contact its manufacturer GTA Make sure wireless signal is strong Monitor signal status and move machine and wireless router as necessary e For Windows Monitoring Wireless Network Status e For Mac OS Monitoring Wireless Network Status eye Make sure you are using a valid channel Usable wireless channels may be limited depending on wireless network de
135. scan again The higher the resolution the larger the resulting image will be Resolution 784 Software Problems gt The E mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E mail Client 785 Q The E mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E mail Client A Check that the e mail client s MAPI is enabled Refer to the e mail client s manual for how to set MAPI If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled select None Attach Manually in the screen for selecting an e mail client then manually attach the image to the outgoing e mail 786 IJ Scan Utility Error Messages If an error message for IJ Scan Utility appears check the error code and follow the corresponding solution There is not enough memory Exit other applications to increase available memory The image you attempted to scan is in a size that cannot be opened in the specified application Change the settings so that the image size is reduced A required file is missing or corrupted or settings are incorrect Try the installation again An internal error has occurred Take the following measures Check the scanner status Restart the scanner Restart the computer then try again Reinstall the scanner driver Cannot complete the scan The disk space is insufficient Cannot save the file The disk is write protected Cancel the protection or use another disk
136. scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e This does not appear when Select Source is Auto e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu 569 Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder In
137. scanner driver allow you to enhance the outline of the subjects reduce dust scratches and correct faded colors when scanning images Setting Items Click Arrow of a function and select an item from the pull down menu Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction Gran Correction Gutter Shadow Correction 33 Important Do not apply these functions to images without moire dust scratches or faded colors The color tone may be adversely affected Refer to Image Settings for details and precautions on each function 3J Note e Refer to Scanning in Advanced Mode to start the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear and scan Adjusting the image brightness and color tone Set Image Adjustment to Auto Photo Magazine or Document according to the document type 605 Reducing show through in text documents or lightening the base color in recycled paper newspapers etc when scanning documents Set Reduce Show through to ON Sharpening slightly out of focus images Set Unsharp Mask to ON Reducing gradations and stripe patterns Set Descreen to ON 606 DJ Note e Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect Reducing dust and scratches Set Reduce Dust and Scratches
138. scanning can be specified in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box ScanGear Starts ScanGear scanner driver in which you can make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning Scan save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings ScanGear dialog box Instructions Opens this guide Settings Displays the Settings dialog box in which you can specify the scan save settings and the response after scanning 548 Settings Dialog Box it There are two tabs in the Settings dialog box Le Scanning from a Computer and General Settings When you click a tab the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab Sean Options C Apply recommended image corecton Save Settags File Name Auto Standard Standard F Create a POE fle that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Applicaton Settings Open with an aopication UE Canon My Image Garden O Send to an application J Preview Send to a foide None O Attach to emai J None Attach Manually O Do not start any agpicaton lL Scanning from a Computer Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden Settings Auto Scan Dialog Box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box
139. screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well Important e Item types supported by Auto are photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD 564 e To scan the following types of items specify the item type or size You cannot scan correctly with Auto e A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer for how to place items Note e To convert text in the image into text data after scanning specify Select Source instead of selecting Auto To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine or select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item J Note e Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you sel
140. se eesace Sahar ghee setecegasudsus 894 ck ee ee ee Pere ee ee re Te ee eee ree et ree ee 895 St ee eT eee TL ee ee ee ee eT ee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee 896 JS ee ee ee ee rr eee ee ee eee 897 LSS ee eee ee a ey ee Se E eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee E E ee ee 898 OO ee eee ee eee ee ee ee Tere ee A ee eT ee ee eT ee ee ee ee 899 J ee ee ee ee re ee eee ee ee ee 900 ees oe ee A EE Ge ee eee eure tesess E TE E dese EEEE 901 OTE 2 ibe ha oe 6S pedo 4 a ng Bre 4 6 Gh eo ee RR 902 Co ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 903 Sg Oe ee eee Ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eS eee E E E re ee 904 te vce Gate eoes bet E A tenga cteshesaseses seek earneeiesaesnsctees 905 J a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 906 ERD ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee Le eee ee eee eee eee fee eee 907 Be bese see eebeebesereeeoowes test tbieerheeeeeGiaseeetSesudneeee sods 908 BAO ae eee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 909 Notes on Site Usage and Cookies Notes on Site Usage How to Print Notes on Site Usage e Five years after a product is discontinued its setup file is made unavailable The Online Manual remains available but as a rule it is not updated e When viewing this site note the following For best results enable JavaScript in your browser settings To display web pages tailored to your environment Canon may send one or more cookies to your computer smartphone or tablet Most browsers automatically accept cookies but you can modify your bro
141. select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm and search for Command Prompt In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Enter ipconfig all and press Enter The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear If your computer is not connected to a network the IP address does not appear e For Mac OS 1 Select System Preferences from Apple menu and then click Network 2 Make sure network interface used by computer is selected and then click Advanced Make sure Wi Fi is selected as network interface 3 Check the IP address or MAC address Click TCP IP to check the IP address 725 Click Hardware to check the MAC address Q Checking Communication Between the Computer the Printer and the Wireless Router A Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place e For Windows 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm and search for Command Prompt In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Type ping command and press Enter The ping command is as follows ping XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the
142. selected Placement tab Select the stamp position from the Position list You can also select Custom from the Position list and specify coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window To change the stamp position angle type a value in the Orientation box directly Important e Orientation cannot be changed when Bitmap is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab 5 Save the stamp Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 375 6 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1 Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box Then from the list select the title of the stamp to be changed 2 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 3 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4 Overwrite save the stamp Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the stamp with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Compl
143. start automatically and was a blank e mail sent If it was sent select Yes lf it was not sent select No 7 Follow instructions in screen display and select OK The registration page URL will be sent to the registered e mail address Preparation for registration Accepted the registration work An e mail for completing the registration work will be sent to the entered e mail address Receive the e mail and continue with the registration work Access the URL in the e mail Register the Information and Complete the User Registration 1 Check that e mail containing URL has been sent to registered e mail address and access URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree 88 License agreement Engish Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion WAhan tha Tarme ara madifiaoAd Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy
144. statement e English Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms Al tha Driusaau Gtatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 3 Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen enter the password you want to register into Password and Password Confirmation and then select Next 89 Register My account Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated UniversalTime a D Im
145. that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins Specify Margin dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled If a document does not fit on one page the document is reduced when printed Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin Print Options dialog box Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Disable ICM required from the application software Disables the ICM function required from the application software When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may decrease If these problems occur checking this check box may resolve the problems Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances e This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box 445 J Note Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the ap
146. the Direct Connection Setup of the Printer screen is displayed In this case go to step 6 5 Select printer from the Select Printer screen and click OK The specified SSID access point name encryption method and password are displayed on the Select Printer screen 6 Change encryption method or password as necessary 260 You cen change the peseword end encryption method of the drect cormectian SSID inm apma j tw Encryption Method Lise WPA Password 33 Important e You cannot change the encryption method or password depending on the printer you are using e If you cannot change the settings from the screen above you can update the SSID access point name and password at the same time using the operation panel You cannot change the encryption method For details search for UG500 UG501 on your printer s Online Manual and see the instructions shown 7 Click Settings The setting information is sent to the printer 261 Initializing Network Settings Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network becomes impossible To use the machine over network use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance on Settings menu The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Click Initialize
147. the Exterior of the Machin o nsarissre cd yi RG neat dav ee te E i aura NSG 194 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover 2 62656 cee nee ene nee dene 195 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers s3ssuce0Gs 38 9a8e 460 de ede e eae Jah r bakr tiriad ir ea 196 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning TEET TITO cadecageabaes IO OWENE W recs cae dedi lneG eee EnS ade a oh oe Ok SEERE S 199 et E a E E E E E A E E A S EE E E 201 Saloiy PIECAUNGNS aaar lt 444 4 dab 4 oh 04 O44 ODER EOS RAE EAEEREN AEREA 202 Regulatory Mormaers icasedarharandadehen aaa ded etre lade tates nwedietak oe wee anaes 203 Main Components and Their USE cede tds e oboe ee eRe hee eeee ee es eh ede dees 206 Man compone 014 cdr aa nha aa E waa parads wicks a wate di tud ae aes 207 eA cc ia eeed waded eee a ekiee as EEE I eee Rede Se daw esta heee meee sens 208 Rear View Wiha jibe a4 AEREA TTE Mea ae ae seine dena ituiobe TETTIE sas 210 INSEE VOW 6 oxvas cena tends idkade aa Peed a E a E 211 Opera Panel ccuskcurdaawad nad da daw aud ofccardeietusndatvaun eaten se da dee awe 212 POWGF oup onae a aaea aa a aaa a r aa aaa a eea oo eee Bae aa 214 Confirming that the Power Is On eure Se err ir ree CAREI TEP Meese geass Io Tuming the Machine On and OR es kasd na eae seeder gideaeaa gage ae neeanlaeae oe aaeen od 216 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord ee ee ey Hawes TIETEET EI Meee AB Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord a00i6e60
148. the Internet and consequently a print job is not processed within 24 hours after it was submitted the print job is automatically canceled If this happens check the printer power and the Internet connection and then re submit the print job 66 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer gt Adding a PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link User Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 67 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device and checking the print status print error and ink status of the printer You can also print app photos and documents from your smartphone or tablet First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Some models do not support this function To check whether your model supports this function see Models that Support Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Network environment The
149. the address side 5 Select the paper size For Printer Paper Size select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm J Important e Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer e When printing a return postcard always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your application software or the printer driver e Do not fold the return postcard If a crease is formed the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam e With return postcards borderless printing cannot be used 6 Set the print orientation To print the address horizontally set Orientation to Landscape 7 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High or Standard according to your purpose 8 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute printing the data will be printed onto the postcard Important When you execute postcard printing a guide message is displayed When the guide message is displayed select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed To display guide messages again open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the 382 Canon lJ Status Monitor On the Option menu choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting When printing on media other than postcards load the media according to usage method of that media and click Start Printing 383 Displayin
150. the application software If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties If you change any of the items you will not be able to use the following functions correctly Also if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor the following functions will not operate Preview before printing on the Main tab Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab Page Layout Tiling Poster Booklet Duplex Printing Specify Margin Print from Last Page Collate and Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result With some applications the printing is divided into multiple print jobs To cancel printing delete all divided print jobs If image data is not printed correctly display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application sof
151. the intensity contrast bg d E iS EE Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the intensity contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK ABCDEF p 1234567 Sargie Tygo Rerderd C Yew Color Patten 416 DJ Note e You can also set intensity contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the intensity contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important e When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal size or Borderless e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Ad
152. the jammed paper see List of Support Code for Error Paper Jams 3 Note e You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown Search 737 Q Print Results Are Unsatisfactory A If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors check the paper and print quality settings first Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper If these settings do not match it is not possible to obtain the proper result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched In borderless printing uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your machine for Printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Check the settings on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device compliant device PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Printing from your computer Check the settings using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure appropriate print quality is selected see table above Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing If you notice blur
153. the message shown on your computer If firewall interferes with setup If message appears If a message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network set the security software to allow access After allowing the software to access click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the machine If the machine is found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication If no message appears Cancel the setup and then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network For Windows The file Setup exe or Setup64 exe in the win gt Driver gt DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD ROM o For Mac OS Setup app Canon IJ Network Tool app canonijnetwork bundle ClJScannerRegister app Canon IJ Scan Utility2 app and ClJSUAgent app After setting the security software redo the network communication setup from the beginning Note e For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software see instruction manual or contact its manufacturer If firewall settings are not causing problem Go to check 3 Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 700 Q Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 A Check wireless router settings Check wireless router network connection settings such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering and DHCP function Make sure the same radio c
154. the need to install drivers or download apps or software D gt Note e If you want to print using AirPrint from iOS device see below Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with iOS Device AirPrint Checking Your Environment First check your environment AirPrint Operation Environment iPhone iPad and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS o Mac running the latest version of Mac OS Connection method The iOS device or Mac and the machine must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected directly without wireless router Adding Machine as AirPrint Printer to Your Mac 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan on your Mac 2 Select to display the printer list 3 Select the machine s name listed as Bonjour Multifunction 4 Select Secure AirPrint or AirPrint from Use 5 Select Add Printing with AirPrint from Mac 1 Make sure machine is turned on 492 DJ Note e If the machine s Auto Power On function is enabled the machine is turned on automatically when it receives the print data 2 Load paper 3 Perform printing on your application software Print dialog appears 4 Select your model name added as AirPrint printer from the Printer list in the Print Dialog 5 Set the paper size media type and other settings as needed 6 Select Print When you execute printing the machine prints according to the specified setti
155. the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing select this item To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing clear this item D Important e Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list Otherwise characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt 230 Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab a message is displayed To use paper width detection when printing from the computer select the check box JJ Important e If you are using user defined paper use the Custom Paper Size to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded clear the check box Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK
156. the printer driver setup window 2 Set the necessary items From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select the printing profile to be used and if necessary change the settings after Additional Features You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs 3 Click Save Porter Paper Size v Letter 25x11 22230m Onentation Portrat Papet Source v Foort Tray Copies C Aways Bret wth Curent Settings 4 Save the settings Enter a name in the Name field If necessary click Options set the items and then click OK In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box click OK to save the print settings and return to the Quick Setup tab The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings 223 Important e To save the page size orientation and number of copies that was set in each sheet click Options and check each item J Note e When you re install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved If a profile is deleted register the print settings again Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab 2 Delete the printing profile Click Delete When the confirm
157. the setting Cancel OK 117 The setting has been changed The setting screen for group management will be displayed Set groups according to purpose OK This appears only if the selected mode is Group management To complete the setup and display the Group management screen select OK Note e With the default settings the group is named group1 e With the default settings all registered users belong to the same group 8 In the Group management screen the senior clerk selects the of the group to be renamed 9 The senior clerk enters the Group name and selects OK Enter the group name Group name Office Cancel The chief clerk enters Office here because the clerk is setting up a group that everyone in the office will use gt Important The following restrictions apply to entering the Group name e The group name can have up to 20 single byte alphanumeric characters or up to 10 double byte characters e The same group name cannot be registered more than once in the same domain Up to 20 groups can be registered e The person who created the group becomes the Administrator 10 Select Settings and in group setup screen check that all users on the Users tab are selected 118 President Manager Staff 11 On Printers tab check that all printers are selected Printers series series 12 On Apps tab set only Evernote app to von 119 Evernote CANON
158. to Low Medium or High according to the degree of dust and scratches O Correcting photos that have faded with time or due to colorcast Set Fading Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of fading or colorcast Reducing graininess Set Grain Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of graininess Correcting shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Set Gutter Shadow Correction to Low Medium or High according to the degree of shadows 607 608 Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern You can preview color changes and reproduce natural colors by using the color pattern function in ScanGear scanner driver s Basic Mode tab EJHL Paal Color Adjustment Correct colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors Click an arrow in Color Adjustment to emphasize the corresponding color Cyan amp red magenta amp green and yellow amp blue are complementary color pairs each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color It is recommended that you find a portion in the image where it should be white and adjust the colors so that the portion turns white Preview image appears in the center Preview image colors cha
159. to reset all adjustments in the current window Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel DJ Note e Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale Reading Histograms You can see the histogram of a specified area for each Channel The higher the histogram peak the more data is distributed to that level 615 al 1 Bright area 2 Dark area 3 Whole image More data is distributed to the More data is distributed to the Data is widely distributed between the highlight side shadow side highlight and shadow Adjusting Histograms Using the Slider Select a Channel then move Black point Slider or A White point Slider to specify the level to be set as the shadow or highlight All parts to the left of s Black point Slider will be black level 0 e The parts at Mid point Slider will turn to the color exactly between the black point and white point All parts to the right of A White point Slider will turn white level 255 When Image Adjustment is set to anything but None the adjustments shown below are performed automatically Moving the Black point and White point Sliders Move the Black point Slide
160. to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box 440 Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal sized printing You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit to Page Scaled Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet for Page Layout If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced
161. use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer 4 Apply the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter 228 DJ Note e The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings 229 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows _ Custom Settings 1 O
162. usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Use ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Shadow Correction for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document J Important e Only text documents written in the language selected from Do
163. value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings The current settings for chert authentication ere as follows To change the settings click Change Settings Athentication Type PSK 1 l 1 Authentication Type Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication This machine supports the PSK authentication method 2 Dynamic Encryption Type Displays the dynamic encryption method 3 Change Settings Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 275 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 3J Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed Check the authentication type and click Next 1 Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed PSK This machine supports the PSK authentication method This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase 276 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method Enter the passphrase check the dynamic encryption type and then dick Next 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64
164. window and run the authentication 5 When the Preparation for registration screen appears select Send blank e mail Preparation for registration As preparation for registration send a blank e mail When you select Send blank e mail a blank e mail will be sent to this service and an e mail containing the URL for completing the registration work will be sent to your e mail address later lf you want to register with a different e mail address than the one set on the e mail client select Do not send Note that the e mail for completing the registration work will be sent from noreply mail cs c ij com If you use e mail filters be sure to allow e mail from this address Send blank e mail Do not send Note e When you select Send blank e mail the destination entry completed mailer starts up automatically After the blank e mail is created send that e mail without making any changes If you want to register a different e mail address select Do not send to display the E mail address entry screen 86 Preparation for registration Enter the e mail address you want to register below then select Continue registration An e mail from noreply mail cs c ij com will be sent to the specified e ma 5 If you use e mail filters be sure to allow e mail from this address E mail address Continue registration In the displayed screen enter the E mail address that you want to register and then
165. you are using a MAXIFY series printer and you select Multiuser mode in the Mng printer screen only the administrator will be able to add delete and rearrange apps e If you manage the usable apps by user all users will be able to add delete and rearrange apps regardless of the Multiuser mode setting If you manage the usable apps and printers by group all users will only be able to rearrange apps 2 Select printer Select and then from the Select printer screen select a printer If you are using a computer you can select a printer directly from the pull down menu Note e Printers with settings that restrict their use do not appear 3 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed 105 The Administrator can change the printer name from the Mng printer screen of the left context menu 4 Right context menu When you select the context menu appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area The B symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice yt series fi Latest notices My account Help legal notices B Log out bs Photos in Tweets Evernote es i a aii 3 Cantig Properties Manage jobs A Sort Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the O E buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting select Done 106 Dropbox Evernote
166. you click the name of the selected print document a text box is displayed and you can rename the document to any name 467 Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document Important The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different e To check the output page count check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window Status Displays the status of the print documents Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data Important e Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited Wait until the data processing ends Print Settings Area Screen Allows you to check and change the print settings of the documents selected in the document list Print Settings Area is displayed on the right side of the preview window Page Information tab The print settings are displayed for each page You can change the media type and paper source settings Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type Allows you to select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source Allows you to select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed Layout tab You can specify settings for page layout printing To apply the specified settings click Apply If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document the individual items
167. you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen 96 Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center For a new registration you need the Printer registration ID About this service This displays the descriptions of this service System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents gt Important e With this service the available functions differ depending on whether the user is the Administrator or Standard user of the printer and also on the management method that was set You can use areas shown below to start add and manage apps 1 2 _ 3 4 series Instagram Scan to E mail Facebook Photos in Tweets Evernote Lr K Contig Properties Manage jobs 1 2 3 4 Left context menu Administrator only Select printer Printer name area Right context menu Display area Menu area
168. 1 group1 ares amp Users Displays all users and mail addresses registered in the domain Printers Displays all printers registered in the domain Pa Apps With the default settings the screen displays all apps To display only registered apps select the Registered category To switch between app registration deletion select ey OFF ited Web services Displays the external link service You can restrict the use of other web services that use Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center accounts such as Easy PhotoPrint To switch between service linking release select v on OFF appears for items that do not have anything selected In the default settings all check marks are cleared for Printers and Users Only the system apps under Apps are set to ON e Changing a Group name To display the Group name change screen select 7 You can change the name to one of your liking by following the instructions in the displayed screen Important e When you enter a Group name the following restrictions apply When using single byte alphanumeric characters enter at least 1 but not more than 20 characters When using double byte characters enter at least 1 but not more than 10 characters e Duplicate group names cannot be registered in the same domain 102 Deleting a Group To delete a group from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center select x If you delete all groups you must create a new on
169. 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Options on the Page Setup tab Letter 8 5 11 22280m A Pora A O Lngrcape J Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Sre Page Layout Normalize HH DE B Nommalcize Borderless Feto Page Scaled Page Layout Pian Paper Leter 85 11 22280m lt gt al V Atomatically reduce lange document that the parter cannot output D Opies Parting T Atona Staging Sde Leng ade saping Leh Sons gt 10 99 1 7 Gi V Port iom Last Page V Collste The Print Options dialog box opens _ Disable ICM requred tree the applicator software C Disable the cole profile setting of the application software _ Ungroup Papers C Og net allow appbcation software to compress pert data Prr sher creating pert cata by page Prevention of Print Data Loss oF Una of Port Dats Processing Recommended Cok cae ot gt Note e When you use the XPS printer driver the functions available to you are different 3 Change the individual settings If necessary change the setting of each item and then click OK The Page Setup tab is displayed again 222 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 Open
170. 2 eavd eee cee eae e ewe ee ee ere eee 219 Changing SGU kde ht ee ede se twee e eheenbenewsaddres seees 220 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Windows 0 000000000008 221 Changing the Print Options TERI TUET EEEE T EN Ciega sananne 22 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile 2 44c0c00ieccnetengedeneaednwns vans 223 Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used occ kde ead atuwaas Dawa wena s eee ade a 225 Managing the Printer POWer ossa cee i0 eared ee d kete rr a oe eee eb ew Feaes 226 Reducing the Printer NOISE acai 2 dodo dans dd veo ds doa caked ok Ad dk heed bd hata 228 Changing the Printer Operation MOUG c0 0c cn cdc ee ene deed es Phebe eee eee 230 Changing Settings trom Operation Panel lt scwsndiee oie eoidwouy i hirisa Padme Ka a ain ea R 232 aA e SEENEL TEE T EE S E EE E TEE E EE LETE EE 233 Turning on off Machine Automatically cs00454 4dsaedse aioe eeeds en iderncdas ee aes an 234 initializing Machine Settings 4 64 1052 20ga ee heed ssiri SEDER SU REDELED DE RD R REDE A 235 Disabling Wireless LAN Function nil 29 GEL Gee CG UOEEA Gee e Raed e aK fi PR SEM BEE GE 236 Network OMMOCION sc oc cece euwdd catdi ta beens eedeset es eas E a aE E N a 237 Network Connection Tips EE TECE Siideri papt gk tani edad TOEL REEETT 238 Delault Netwoik Settings sss resccrsrtr Waa ae epee oe OE E E a 239 Another Printer Found with Same Name assssssiresscrasssrerer
171. 2cheeeedu dbeeebeaasan 48 Notice for Web Service Printing eee TTET SETTI EEE E TTT stds acl aganniedea Se Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer 000 00 eee eee 50 Before Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 000 200s ee re ee eee ee 51 Registering Printer Information to PDXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 20000000 000s 53 Application Management TTET PRENE EPERE EENEN EULER aeria teeedar OF Using PIAMAMMAXIFY Cloud LINK 2 4425 2 si444 09 84 004004845 084500 G4 40084 Ree eR a0 944 60 Cloud WINKOWS 9 6 acid eee GG SEE OEE ORES FG SN CEPA SSE EN OES EA GSES 63 Coud MoublesnOnUnh 34 ccuA2dee ed kee ead besa eke a a Bene Le ahve 66 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 67 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center soc 064 cade ages eee er dda ae ee ne deena 68 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation 69 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center bead tanned a EO Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Color LCD Monitor 71 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Monochrome LCD KORI Ya oie Aare chet cea k Qth chy a aN keh A a i ich rece bth aly Aba Rehom ad dob tease 78 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center No LCD Monitor 86 Using Ganon Inkjet Cloud Printi
172. 301 Using Card Slot over Network 3J Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using To make sure whether this function is available with your printer refer to List of Function for Each Model Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert memory card into card slot 2 Start up IJ Network Tool 3 Select machine in Printers 4 Select Maintenance on Settings menu 5 Click Setup Setting Intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defauts cick Initialize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instuctions 6 Specify drive letter and click OK Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specify the deve letter and cick OK 302 7 Make sure card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on Computer or My Computer gt canon_memory I Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time However while one computer is writing a file into a memory car
173. 8 Problems while Printing Scanning from Smartphone Tablet 05 729 Cannot Prinkecan rom Smanphone Tablet oc cscaasniwaddene hd dads soaks ede aden daa es 730 Printing Problems se csssre Seceoss see edeebde sewed oe seeks teeddsperded s 733 Printing Docs Wel Sanh s aps vrai ain de aude aah dara act edad dete ee and eh ee eae ae aan eae 734 Poper JAMS raihan a a a a Bee ee o aa a aa e e 737 Print Results Are Unspislaciony 4 gs40s0 44ace4egid die deraurdacdaensd eadadstaded 738 Cannot Complete Pring c000 lt tecraetcrcead dew eee ee pane NO eR EERO eee RES 740 Pantof Page le Not Printed WINGOWS te cu oc cue kecihcde endows biri naua a Dee ed ada ae 741 Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Appear 742 CS ANO UNCER cam eae tn a a ee emo a T Tar eT a EE 745 Lines Are Misaligned TYE RE E E ee rer were saat piaia ieas LAG Lines Incomplete or Missing Windows nasasa asana anaana 747 Images Incomplete or Missing Windows ee ee eee TEETAR eee ee ee ere 748 ink Blois Paper Cull accss cat ode ei eeds Rated dae ease GS ese aa eee pass oh eu4 749 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched ekaudis a RAS ere sikaa saaa easa L90 Back of Paper Is Smudged ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee 754 Vertical Ling Next to MAGES lt aca coat tek dean ween amp dda a kd dia Bok eeas HA dd dla dea at amp Aas 755 Uneven or Sieaked CIOS eeaeee raae kiia e
174. A Exit other applications and try again GPA Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again Resolution 773 Q Computer Stops Operating during Scanning A Restart the computer reduce the output resolution in ScanGear scanner driver and scan again Refer to Output Settings for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space then scan again Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save when the image size is too large such as when scanning a large item at high resolution In Folder to Save Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility specify a folder ona drive with sufficient free space Settings General Settings Dialog Box Multiple devices may be connected to USB ports Disconnect devices other than your scanner or printer 774 Q Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows A Disconnect the USB cable then uninstall delete and reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility Step 1 Uninstall MP Drivers Refer to Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers Step 2 Uninstall IJ Scan Utility Windows 8 1 Windows 8 WON Click the Settings charm gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features Double click Canon IJ Scan Utility When a confirmation appears click Yes When uninsta
175. A ae Sah An GLA AU Sd tr HALA de Sh eA 350 Execute Borderless Printing ee EET prea TEET T ate TET mba aoe Fibla Page PI 244282756 Soe SOR ReO Roe aN e a Se See Rae SSRs CAs Gh es 308 355 Some PHNUNG ke gotaia sie eee eh de Seat ado ees eee eds kaa coals 357 Page Layout Phil o2icscesc0 chotsensSoehdd deeds eee b Sw ewes Cir awed amen ae 360 TOPe FNNO os 2a oces hoe ete ween ioe ea ei wane Ea ceed 362 BOOKS PrN tocta soe et eee OE MERE e eee eee beak ee hie u sauce 365 PODO PrO Pema me ea ere ar Rr er acer ee er re er Be ree er ere are 367 Stamp Background PRAUAGs lt lt 5 00 ceca deh te eee R ie keer eee oe he Re ee mS 371 Regisienng a SAM Pivcarashitaoraeerinwineanesdketeaagatwaeie aes aca E 374 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background 22220000 ees 377 Setting Up Envelope PrinunG 45050 43 440 45 eRedeesePRANe Gas Shale t aariaa 380 Printing on Postcards veer TOTO COENITE PITER TOT TEE ETNEA Oe Displaying the Print Results before Printing a asan aaa aaan 384 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size ee eee ee er ee ST ee tae 985 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 05 387 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data P EEEE EE TORP ewe jessa 990 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom nsss naasa sasaaa 391 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome PETOT meade SENTERA ee ee 393 Speciiying Color CONGCION 02 2 24 24st ese
176. Address must be a smaller value than the End IP Address 3 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer JJ Important e Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them 287 IJ Network Tool Other Screens gt gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Status Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Maintenance Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen Network Information Screen 288 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Elle View Settings Help 2 Cie ehs F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wait a while and then click Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this bu
177. Agree and follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information is sent via the Internet Once you have completed the procedure the information is subsequently sent automatically and the confirmation screen does not reappear 3J Note e When the information is being sent a warning such as an Internet security message may appear Make sure the program name is IJPLMUI exe and allow it If you clear Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from next time and a confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey To send the information automatically see Changing confirmation screen setting If you do not agree to participate in survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped The confirmation screen will reappear one month later 812 e To uninstall Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program click Uninstall and follow the on screen instructions e Changing confirmation screen setting 1 Make the following settings In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows 7 or Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Prog
178. Auto Document Feeder at one time When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF When scanning from the ADF documents are scanned without preview 1 Place the documents on the ADF of the machine then start ScanGear scanner driver Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Click the Advanced Mode tab and select Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex for Select Source Select Source Doomen ADF Simplex v Paper Sire Letter Crore mewn e Unsharp Mask Descreen Rede Oust ard Scenes Note e Settings are not retained when you switch modes You can select Document ADF Duplex when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning 3 Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose 4 Set Output Settings 5 Make image corrections and color adjustments as required Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 6 Click Scan Scanning starts 598 DJ Note e Click o Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc e A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Advanced Mode Tab 599 Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver Yo
179. Canon MG3600 series Online Manual Read Me First Printer Functions Overview Printing Copying Scanning Troubleshooting English Contents Notes on Site Usage and Cookies 0 0 00 cee eee 16 Using This Online Manual os oka dire eden bob se Clee bene eee ees wt 18 Trademarks and Licenses 6c oo Fe eS EES OES OO ORR ERS 19 CN E EEE E s0e a Chasse ahd SEC ee names eee E nea see 23 Using the Machine i eared on wuwe se Ss 654504 eeR eK we Ob9e4 HEED RET ER ae 25 Pining Photos foma Comput 54 6 obese ee eS He iriri i ERE OREO 26 Copying ec oc eo oko ok west oe ha aa eect E E E a a a E E NE a 30 Primet FUNCIONS a ae cca dee ae bo ESRT A Eeee ENS 33 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode 00000000055 34 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden 2 255 500222252 ee eee 35 Download a Variety of Content Materials naaa aaaea 37 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application n noaa aana aaa 38 Available Connection Meminods 2 2sec eee0 aaae 39 Direct Connection Windows AP c25 032 214 c0ac450 e54eoeelweSesawoese e a a a 41 Restrictions TITOR EE ET eee Siew EANET ERTE EIT TOF PP passa ERRARTE n 43 Easy Scan with the Auto Function eee aaaeeeaa 45 Scan Originals Larger than the Platen nnana naana aaa 46 Scan Multiple Originals at One Titres is sce sete cece ee ee eas deere seed eee ees 47 Using PIAMAIMAXIFY Cloud LINK lt 42s2cdec00c08e0
180. Cloud Link check the Canon homepage The screen display may change without prior notice 48 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service e e e e e e e e e Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services User registration is necessary before you can use the external link site When you use the external link site observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service within your own responsibility All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress When you use web service your machine s name information of your region or country your selected language and what kind of service you use e g photo sharing site are sent to and saved in our server Canon is unab
181. Cloud Print Google Chrome Chrome OS Chromebook Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Flash Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of Apple Computer Inc Apple nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
182. Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted You can check the color adjustment status easily by changing the preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample Type DJ Note The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked Sample Type Selects a preview image displayed on the Color Adjustment tab If necessary select a preview image from Standard Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern check this check box Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly J
183. Cropping Frames ScanGear for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear scanner driver Initial Cropping Frame No cropping frame is specified When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox an active cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area You can drag the cropping frame to specify the area When you perform a scan the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into Tos S e Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame The cursor will change into fo Crosshair Arrow when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame Deleting Cropping Frames To delete the cropping frame deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox 533 Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time You can scan two or more photos small items placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually D Important e The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames scan areas in whole image view of ScanGear scanner driver and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc e Thin items e Thick items Refer to Sc
184. D AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 52 Registering Printer Information to PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Follow the steps described below to register the printer information to the cloud service server 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2 From the printer home screen select Cloud J Note e If multiple users will be using the printer after the initial registration select the login user name from the Switch user screen enter the Security code and proceed with the registration If the Security code is incorrect use your smartphone tablet or computer and change the setting from the My account of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 3 When the registration preparation completed screen appears select OK Ready to register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Follow the on screen instructions to register 4 On the confirmation screen select Next Make registration for using applications 5 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows read the statements and then select Agree if you agree lt License agreement gt Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree 53 lt Privacy statement gt Im
185. Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text Important Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date Time User Name is selected 448 TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string If a large font size is selected for Size characters may extend outside of the stamp border Color Select Color Shows the current color for the stamp To select a different color click Select Color to open the Color dialog box and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp When Stamp Type is Bitmap File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp Size Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp Moving the slider to the right increases the size moving the slider to the left decreases the size Transparent white area Specifies whether to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Check this check box to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Note e Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text Stamp Text to blank TrueType Font to Arial Style to Regular Size to 36 points Outline unchecked and Col
186. Display the dialog to select next action is set some applications may not support it 659 Color Settings Tab On the Color Settings tab you can specify the following settings Color Adjustment Select one of the following Recommended Select this to vividly reproduce the tone of a document on the screen It is recommended that you normally select this setting Color Matching Select this to automatically match the scanner monitor and color printer colors thus reducing time and trouble to manually match the monitor and printer colors Source Scanner Select scanner profile Target Select target profile Monitor Select this checkbox to display preview image with optimum correction for monitor Defaults Returns to the default Color Matching settings Note e The Color Adjustment Buttons on the Advanced Mode tab are not available when you select Color Matching e This function is available when Color Mode is Color None Select this to disable color correction provided by ScanGear scanner driver 660 J Note e Depending on your scanner or printer this setting may not be available when scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder e You can select one when Color Mode is Color or Grayscale e Color Matching is available when ScanGear monitor color management compliant application such as Adobe Photoshop and printer are set up correctly Refer to the corresponding manual for the monitor printer an
187. EE U isto vreme va a saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda e doprineti efikasnom kori enju prirodnih resursa Za vi e informacija o tome gde mo ete da predate va u staru opremu radi recikliranje vas molimo da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti komunalne slu be odobreni plan recikla e ili Gradsku isto u Za vi e informacija o vra anju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda posetite stranicu www canon europe com weee Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money D Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environm
188. ETT educa Teer eer ee eae Sanaa ATO SEM SHON Ack iA vhs Hohe ns eed eee ke EE T E E E eaeeaneweadd 272 WEP Details Screen EEE ENES EEE E ETA ee ree eee re 274 WPAIMVPA2 Detalls SrO s 2 2 5252505 2d ORNS Seas POSS HOSS 0S ORE TRES HIRST SS BESSA 275 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen hats ad TPRP RE E eae sexs 276 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen 0000000 eee eeaee 277 Setup Information Confirmation Screen PERA ade pease iiestle gp dear dice PART PTE 278 Wired LAN Sh Gbh i ssrrrros iuu Er rO E a a E ESA 279 Admin Password NCO aoisi dae hei bee aaa headend Ss es 280 Network Information SOTOON 4c 6 0 428 reiese dresat dsr de ERAI A eh hehe densi deck Rae 281 POSS LONGO ONG dad os Steeda hear aedeo tures dada awaae dewhe sande nees aa sed 282 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 286 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 287 IJ Network Tool Other SCreGnis cicceedivtetideddeckddatedateetaberidedid igen awed as 288 Ganon IJ Network Tol SOICGN ives tae aes Ge Gd eee hae beeen Soo Sorelle 289 SEES SENSE Mice aac gate os a cd a iw ged GG eh eae AG Hoe BA Good bh Baas eal 293 Connection Performance Measurement Screen fi te Shea E ipa ae E A E EEEE E 294 Maintenance ScreGM ai ideian i doia a ia dooi dta ata ai Ae a a E i a i ata a aaa a aaa 296 Network Setup of the Card Slot Stree
189. End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer the printer driver or ScanGear scanner driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer Custom Settings dialog box When you click Custom Settings the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to enable this function Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Prevent paper double feed Select this check box only if the printer is feeding multiple sheets of plain paper at the same time Important
190. FINE cartridge runs out of ink replace it with a new one CSE IS FINE cartridge installed properly If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely ink may not be ejected correctly Open the paper output cover and the head cover opens Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly After making sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly close the paper output cover If the problem is not resolved remove the FINE cartridges and install them again For more on installing the FINE cartridges see Replacing a FINE Cartridge Note e Printed colors may not match screen colors due to basic differences in the methods used to produce colors Color control settings and environmental differences can also affect how colors appear on the screen Therefore colors of printing results may be different from those on the screen 745 Q Lines Are Misaligned D A Check paper and print quality settings Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Perform print head alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head DJ Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment perform print head alignment manually from your computer For Windows Aligning the Print Head Position e For Mac OS Aligning the Print Head Position Increase print quality a
191. FY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 33 Important e In certain countries PLXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand e To find out which models support PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link check the Canon homepage The screen display may change without prior notice 481 Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Google Cloud Print Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection Sending Print Data and Printing without Going through Internet g Google Cloud Print gt Important e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in e To use Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google Cloud Print in advance Additionally LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to register the machine to Google Cloud Print Interne
192. Feb 3 2015 1 29 AM A Delete Nickname Authority Administrator Add user After this registration is complete the mother and child can individually use the service If Father Mother and Child Want to Manage Apps Individually 112 With the default settings only the Administrator father can register apps to be used or delete apps After the Administrator father specifies settings according to the procedure below the father the mother and the child will be able to manage apps individually 3 z Y 1 As the Administrator the father logs in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and selects Advanced management from EJ y series Mng printer Manage users Advanced management f Facebook Pa Photos in Tweets Evernote z Properties Manage jobs 2 For Select how to manage the father selects Set 113 yt Advanced management You can set how to manage printer users and app availability See manual for details Require security code You can restrict use by unexpected users by requiring a security code entry when using this service from the operation panel Set Select how to manage You can select how to manage apps and printers Set 3 The father sets Manage app availability by user and selects OK Advanced management Manage app availability by printer Manage app availability by user Manage by group for office users Set app printer availability b
193. Fed View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window To hide the print pages click View Thumbnails again ii il Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected t Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 5 Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected sL Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected X 9 Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected k Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted Document list Displays the list of the print documents The document selected in the document list becomes the target for preview display and editing Document Name Displays the name of the print document If
194. Fit to Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Seta Man Page Se Martenance EN Pope Sze Letier 85 11 22280m l1 Onentation A Pora A C Rotate 180 degrees GRR Portar Poper Sze Letier 85 11 22280m Page Layout FittoPage Ba D B Nomalsize Borderess DERA Plan Paper Leter 85x11 22280m lt 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list When the Printer Paper Size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the Printer Paper Size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 355 Quick Setup Man Page Sep Maintenance EEN Pope Sre Letier 8 5711 22280m Onertation A Pora LA Olngcpe aT L eg V Aahomatic Staging Sde Lengaide taping et v Specty Magn E asss T Gl siren T Colne Pesos Saitama Ddos ok cme _ soy __ eo 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size 356 Scaled Printing r 70 Festival a Festival e The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or re
195. Google Cloud Print e LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to register the machine to Google Cloud Print and to delete it Internet connection fees apply Registration Using Google Chrome 1 Start Google Chrome browser on your computer 2 Select Sign in to Chrome from Chrome menu 3 Log in to your Google account 4 Select Settings from Chrome menu 5 Select Show advanced settings to display information 6 Select Manage for Google Cloud Print 7 When Canon MG3600 series and Add printers button are displayed select Add printers 8 When confirmation message for registering machine appears select OK 9 When machine s Wi Fi lamp flashes 3 times press Wi Fi button Printer registration is complete Registration Using Other Web Browser 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Display printer status on web browser 485 Select Web service connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cloud Print DJ Note e If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the machine is displayed When confirmation screen to register machine is displayed select Yes Select display language in print setup for Google Cloud Print Perform authentication process When registration completion message appears select OK 486 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Pri
196. ID of the wireless router by selecting the one of the detected wireless routers Search Screen 248 DJ Note Enter the same SSID that the wireless router is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration Changing WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA WPA2 and clicking Configuration Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings J Important e If all encryption types of the wireless router printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Note e Changing t
197. IT Koa ae sega 169 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel 170 MGT cerre etnisite n ngn NOE L Danaa nee eh ees 171 if Printing ls Faint or NEVE 2 occ oreecededercanenst ei iiae i a R 172 Maintenance Procedure EERTE E ee PPP aR EIRA ies errr asame UES Printing the Nozzle Check Pater ass 2s4c2 0es02aen edd acdehareiauigiaeeaberanegreedss 175 Examining the Nozzle Check Patt m a0i2202sdodesuetas doaey eens eieaeeaceghdeednadadans 176 Cleaning ihe Print Head osii o 0see tee hE odo e G4 br See SHEESH REES CEE OES a eee ows 177 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply iocia ide neo B AGAR AAD Le ek ee he ee deed eed 178 Aligning the Prnt Head 4 22scntedteee i eoeasae deeds aerate eo tab aGaedseee tad 179 Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer Windows 181 Cleaning th Pint Heads 25 24 03 c5idnceictdnrdighidtderaneee reseed a a a 182 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers is 0s add nrn aaa a a a a 184 Aligning M Print Head 1402 enndo tenet serur dsd adu rrai Reed eee be E 185 Aligning the Print Head Position eae bs TERET ere ee eee Sb oe Ghee eae EH 186 Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically 0 20 00 eee 190 Printing a Nozzle Check Pallett asi icis cc et tdairs oides bbe Edd Shae eed aE eae 191 Cleaning Aside ihe PIMEC o a xods ovis a eeo td Bn ine Bie hated a uet nn eered ane 192 Lt ae eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee es ee ee 193 Cleaning
198. If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly After performing the print head cleaning print the nozzle check pattern and examine the pattern If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice Perform print head deep cleaning 756 If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge eure Perform print head alignment Aligning the Print Head DJ Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment perform print head alignment manually from your computer For Windows Aligning the Print Head Position e For Mac OS Aligning the Print Head Position 757 Q No Ink Comes Out A When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink replace it with a new one Is FINE cartridge installed properly If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely ink may not be ejected correctly Open the paper output cover and the head cover opens Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly After making sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly close the paper output cover If the problem is not resolved remove the FINE cartridges and install them again For more on installing the FINE cartridge
199. If the protective material or tape is still there remove it and close the paper output cover If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 857 2100 Cause Paper size in print settings and size of loaded paper do not match What to Do Check the print settings and the loaded paper load paper of the correct size and then press the machine s Black or Color button To cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 858 2101 Cause Paper size in print settings and size of loaded paper do not match What to Do Check the print settings and the loaded paper load paper of the correct size and then press the machine s Black or Color button To cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 859 2102 Cause Machine has detected that paper has been fed aligned to one side What to Do Load the paper into the center of the front tray and slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack Press the machine s Black or Color button 860 2103 Cause Machine cannot detect paper size What to Do Press the machine s Stop button and try to print again If this error still occurs even after printing again set the machine not to detect the paper width by using the operation panel the printer driver or Remote UI gt Note Depending on the type of paper the machine may not detect the paper width e If the paper ou
200. J Note e If you select Cancel the printer selection status does not change and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears 133 If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor 1 Check that an e mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e mail address and access the URL f your model has monochrome LCD monitor f your model has no LCD monitor 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in User authentication E mail address Password Keep login info Cancel 3 When printer addition complete message appears select OK Added the printer Do you want to select the added printer Cancel The printer addition process ends and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears Note e If you select Cancel the printer selection status does not change and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears Adding a PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link User 134 Adding a PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges Adding a user 1 On the service screen select Manage users from Ed series Mng printer Manage users Advanced management Facebook Photos in Tweets Evernote v Manage jobs 2 Select Add user Manage users
201. LAN compliant devices check the status of the Alarm lamp and take the appropriate action to clear the error For details see An Error Occurs e For the errors indicated on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and their solution also refer to the instruction manual of the device For other device problems contact the manufacturer Error Message on What to Do PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Printer in use If the machine is printing from the computer or warming up wait until it finishes When it is ready the machine starts automatically If the machine is not printing from a computer or warming up check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt An Error Occurs No paper Load paper and select Continue in the display of your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Alternatively load paper and press the Color button or the Black button on the machine to resume printing Paper Error Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error An Error Occurs Paper jam Select Stop in the display of your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to stop printing Remove the jammed paper load new paper press the Color button or the Black on the machine and then try printing again Printer cover open Close the paper output cover on the machine No print head Check the number
202. Le Scanning from a Computer tab of the Settings dialog box ScanGear Scanner Driver Output Resolution in Output Settings on the Advanced Mode tab Appropriate Resolution Settings Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image Appropriate Item Type Color Mode Hp Resolution Copvi ee Color 300 dpi Printing Creating a postcard 300 dpi Color photo Saving to a computer 300 dpi Using on a website or attaching Color 150 dpi to e mail Saving to a computer 300 dpi Black and white photo Using on a website or attaching Grayscale 150 dpi to e mail Contin Color Grayscale or 300 doi i i eee Black and White P Text document document or coer Gaede magazine Attaching to e mail Biak an o 150 dpi i Scanning text using OCR Color or Grayscale 300 dpi 683 Important e If you double the resolution the data size of the scanned image quadruples If the file is too large the processing speed will slow down significantly and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image Note e When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above 684 Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application Available
203. NE cartridge into place The FINE cartridge is locked into place when the ink cartridge lock lever clicks 3 Important e Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly The machine cannot print unless both the color FINE cartridge and black FINE cartridge are installed Be sure to install both cartridges 8 Close the paper output cover 166 Note e If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes after the paper output cover is closed take appropriate action An Error Occurs e When you start printing after replacing the FINE cartridge the machine starts cleaning the print head automatically Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head e If the print head is out of alignment as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms align the print head e The machine may make noise during operation Notes on FINE cartridges gt Important e Do not touch the electrical contacts A or print head nozzle B on a FINE cartridge The machine may not print properly if you touch them If you remove a FINE cartridge replace it immediately Do not leave the machine with the FINE cartridge removed e Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such a FINE cartridge the machine will not be able to inform you when to replace the FINE cartridge properly Once
204. Note e To leave a usage history of this service from the Home window on the operation panel select Lil Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt History setting for this service gt Save Cloud Troubleshooting 62 Cloud Windows This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen Important Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service For details see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window When you select Cloud from the printer home screen the cloud s Main screen appears You can use the areas shown below to perform various functions including adding starting and managing apps You can also print photos and documents by starting the appropriate app wae CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums OneDrive Add delete WELET 2 3 1 Applications 2 Add delete button 3 Manage button D Important e Depending on the apps you plan to use you may need to have an account beforehand If this is the case get an account for each of those apps e After selecting the app some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area C_J Visible area If an app is not yet released or does not support your model language or region you will not be abl
205. PA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 715 Q Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown A Initialize the machine settings s Initializing Machine Settings After initializing the machine settings redo setup For Windows Use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website For Mac OS Follow the instructions on the Canon website 716 Q Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings A When you replace a wireless router redo the network setup for the machine e For Windows Use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website e For Mac OS Follow the instructions on the Canon website If this does not solve the problem see below Cannot Communicate with Machine After Enabling MAC IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router With Encryption On Cannot Communicate with Machine After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router Q Cannot Communicate with Machine After Enabling MAC IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router A G4 Check wireless router setting To check the wireless router setting see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this setting If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router check that MAC addresses or IP addre
206. PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercis
207. Paper Leter 85 11 22280m Lorg ade taping Left s 0 KZ Hirret an rae Ti Colste 0K cma toy Helo The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale gt Important When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver 358 J Note e Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document 359 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set page layout printing Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Senn Man Page Sap Martenance EEN Page Sre Letter 8 5x11 22280m a Onertation A Pora AVC J Rotate 180 degrees GR Pieter Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Pisin Paper Leter 85x11 22280m 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of
208. Press Color button for color copying or Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete To make multiple copies Press the Color button or the Black button repeatedly according to the number of copies you want Press the same button Color button or Black button as the one which you previously pressed To cancel copying Press the Stop button 33 Important Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is completed While the machine is scanning the original the ON lamp keeps flashing D Note To set the print quality to Draft speed priority 514 You can set the print quality to Draft speed priority following the procedure below 1 Press and hold down Color or Black button for 2 or more seconds in step 5 The ON lamp flashes once 2 Release button The machine starts copying When the print quality is set to Draft print speed is given priority over quality To give priority to quality press the Color or Black button for less than 2 seconds to copy in the print quality Standard 515 Copying on Photo Paper You can copy the loaded original on 10 x 15 cm or 4 x 6 photo paper without borders The original is enlarged or reduced automatically to fit the paper size 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Load 10 x 15 cm or 4 x 6 photo paper 3 Load orig
209. Preview tab you can specify the following settings Stormer Preview Scan Color Settings Preview at Start of Soargen O Autoesatically execute presen Display saved preview image Nene Cropping Frame on Previewed Images Execute auto cropper on previewed mages C Desplay the last frame on previewed images Preview at Start of ScanGear Select what to do with Preview when ScanGear scanner driver is started Automatically execute preview ScanGear will automatically start previewing at startup Display saved preview image The previously previewed image will be displayed The Color Adjustment Button settings the Toolbar settings and the Advanced Mode tab settings are also saved None No preview image will be displayed at startup Note e Select None if you do not want to save the preview image Cropping Frame on Previewed Images Select how to display cropping frames after previewing images Execute auto cropping on previewed images The cropping frame scan area will automatically be displayed in the document size after previewing Display the last frame on previewed images A cropping frame of the same size as the last used cropping frame will be displayed after previewing None No cropping frame will be displayed after previewing Cropping Size for Thumbnail View Select the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents 657 Larger Displays 105 in width and height of the area displayed for
210. Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 346 Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab When you are not able to specify them with the application software the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab Letier 8 5 11 22280m A _Fetate 180 degrees J Page Layout Nomssire a fo A Nomalsize Borderless Feto Page Scaled Pian Paper Leter 85x11 2228on lt V Automatically reduce large documert that the perter cannct otp 3 Set Orientation Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will
211. Printing Support If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear make sure the machine is correctly connected to the computer Ree Make sure machine is properly connected to computer 3 Click General tab and check for a device problem If a device error is shown see Windows Help to resolve it Q Other Error Messages Windows A If an error message appears outside printer status monitor check the following e Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk e Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory Close other applications to increase the available memory If you still cannot print restart your computer and retry the printing e Printer driver could not be found Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and reinstall them from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website 811 Could not print Application name File name Try printing again once the current job is complete Q Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Windows A If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed a screen appears asking for permission to send the machine and application usage information every month for about ten years Read the information on the screen and follow the instructions below Thank you fo
212. Pv6 is disabled and only IPv4 is enabled If the problem is not resolved redo setup e For Windows Use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website e For Mac OS Follow the instructions on the Canon website 708 Network Connection Problems Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Network Key Unknown Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings gt Printing Is Slow gt Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor Windows 709 Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change Windows Cannot Communicate with Machine via Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Machine Using Access Point Mode Cannot Print or Scan from Network Computer Q Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change Windows A It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address or you may need to restart your computer Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address and try again to find the machine Q Cannot Communicate with Machine via Wireless LAN A SEa Make sure machine is turned on ile Make sure machine and wireless router network settings match To check the settings of the wireless router refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer To check the current network settings of the machine
213. Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the machine Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Windows Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Mac OS Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Clean the print head From the machine Cleaning the Print Head 173 From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads Windows Cleaning the Print Heads Mac OS After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern gt Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice D Clean the print head deeply From the machine Cleaning the Print Head Deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads Windows Cleaning the Print Heads Mac OS If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours Do not unplug the power cord when turning off the power If the problem is still not resolved D Replace a FINE cartridge Replace a FINE cartridge D gt Note e If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge contact the service center When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the machine Aligning the Print Head From the computer A
214. Size Name Width and Height then click Add For Unit you can select inches or mm when Destination is Print but you can only select pixels when Destination is Image display The name of the added size appears in Output Size List Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List Deleting Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List then click Delete Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List J Important e You cannot delete predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels 626 DJ Note e Save up to 10 items An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range Enter a value within the setting range DJ Note e For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab Preferences dialog box H Invert aspect ratio Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible Click this button to rotate the cropping frame Click again to return it to the original orientation Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area within the Preview area If an area is not specified the document will be scanned at the document size Auto Crop If an area is specified only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Image corrections Allows you to apply corrections to images Important Apply Auto Docu
215. Source e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting 568 High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format Note iY e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check
216. To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important e Ifa print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer 95 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone tablet device or computer Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account About this service 3J Important e You have 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for about the next 60 minutes e You remain logged in for 60 minutes after the last access Language Select the language you will be using E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration 3 Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When
217. Updated date Feb 3 2015 1 29 AM A Delete Nickname Authority Administrator Add user Note e When you select Add user the service first checks whether the maximum number of users has been reached If new users can be added the user registration screen appears 135 The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20 3 Enter the e mail address of the user to be added and then select OK The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e mail address Note e If you enter an e mail address that is already registered you will receive notification that the address is registered To specify another e mail address follow the displayed instructions 4 Access the URL reported in the e mail The procedure that follows describes what to do if you receive a notification e mail 5 Read the terms displayed in the License agreement and Privacy statement screens If you agree to the terms select Agree License agreement Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service
218. WEP key has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a WPA WPAZ key you specified The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a WPA WPA2 key has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change WPA WPA2 settings set before click Configuration to display the WPA WPA2 Details screen Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Configuration The detailed settings screen is displayed The WEP or the WPA WPA2 key selected in Encryption Method can be checked and changed For more on WEP setting Changing WEP Detailed Settings For more on WPA WPA2 setting Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router Use next IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address 271 Search Screen DJ Note e This function is not available depending on the print
219. White only Reduce gutter shadow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned 566 Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Use ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Shadow Correction for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the
220. X XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Password of the access point mode 8 to 10 alphanumeric characters e a a XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Default Gateway 2 Default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX a a 243 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable Disable Bonjour setting Enable Disable Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name Up to 52 alphanumeric characters PictBridge Commun PictBridge communication Enable Disable DNS Server Obtain DNS server address Auto Manual automatically XX represents alphanumeric characters Channel may range from 1 to 11 depending on country or region of purchase 2 Network status is only printed when IPv6 is enabled 3 Network status is only printed when IPv6 and IPsec settings are enabled 244 Network Communication Windows Checking and Changing Network Settings gt IJ Network Tool Network Connection gt IJ Network Tool Other Screens gt Network Communication Tips 245 Checking and Changing Network Settings gt gt IJ Network Tool Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet Changing WEP Detailed Settings Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status Changing Settings in Direct Connection Initializing Network Settings Viewing Modified Settings 246 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to di
221. You can delete unnecessary apps from the apps list Follow the steps described below to delete apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete NAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums PN OneDrive Add delete 56 3 Select Delete apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the apps list select the app that you want to delete Delete apps WAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region model or language Can be used with genuine Canon ink 5 Select Delete CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft This app is available exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various paper Delete When the deletion is finished the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen To delete another app repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the app deletion select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen DJ Note e Config allows you to re register deleted apps Sort apps You can sort apps displayed on the apps list Follow the steps described below to sort apps 57 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete NAGE CANON IMAGE GATEWAY ATE Picasa Web Albums OneDrive Add delete Manage 3 Select Sort Register apps Dele
222. a FINE cartridge has been installed do not remove it from the machine and leave it out in the open This will cause the FINE cartridge to dry out and the machine may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use a FINE cartridge within six months of first use 167 DJ Note If a FINE cartridge runs out of ink you can print with either color or black FINE cartridge in whichever ink remains only for a while However the print quality may be reduced compared to when printing with both cartridges We recommend to use a new FINE cartridge in order to obtain optimum qualities Even when printing with one ink only print with leaving the empty FINE cartridge installed If either of the color FINE cartridge or black FINE cartridge is not installed an error occurs and the machine cannot print For information on how to configure this setting see below Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Windows Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Mac OS Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the machine When ink runs out replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one Ink Tips 168 Checking Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps
223. a a a 546 IJ Sean Utility Main Ss AES aessaad sts Sk a te aie Ieee a Beas de ade a en 547 Settings Dialog BOX e260 t ee pasa kare yet ears Ved CAO O RENEE EU EEN GEE eS 549 Save c ltings Dialog BOM 0s e604 ean dial ihe eee deed baw 581 image SUCH Window cake a teed deeds dead Rowe EAR emda eedd Sess dik ae ow 584 Scanning Using Application Software ScanGear 246 64 gadacedeae eae andedas ee aadanaad we 588 What Is ScanGear Scanner Driver sec sekes ence eeew eee ee eee bee be De ew ee ee ees 589 Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear Scanner Driver 00005 591 Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver ccc4002 46004 44ebseddewdteeaddesdeeseioend ees 592 Sanning in BaSe Mod wu6icactenus ketenes pia hana dukeouan as Bade wae 593 scanning in Advanced Mode i 0s25s0e4eu sey W ave ee Geen eed dee ewoennee BUG Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode 598 Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver 600 Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver 604 Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc 605 Adjusting Colors Using a Color Patlemny iaccasuaed icoceawtt dia eaau ieee anne 609 Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance lt 2 secs caer es ode eee Es Oe eS 611 Adjusting Brightness and Contrast weiss ook chao nietie saa aw hak wae adie dao nsa 613 A
224. a he th ema dole 799 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear Windows 801 Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment Windows 000000 0c eee cence eee 802 Uninstalling IJ Network Tool foe ee TE EEES ET EN rer ie Msetooskae Je Emr rs and Wee eave heh dee OER SS EEEL IER IRE E aede 805 An Error Occurs TETEE CELETTE TITT TETIS EEE TTT eed ere pasha 806 Mossage ADPCSlS at e644 oh Qe aad et eh ARG DOS EMD REE SNARES OERERREREDEwELD HOGS 809 Error Message Appears on PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device eens TITR 816 if You Cannot Solve a Problem osc oc anne ces os p45 ese See EKRER ESS PEPE inia 818 List of Support Code for EMOT lt sece cece ide cba eeandeiateseee baw ne 819 List of Support Code for Error Paper Jams a n nanana anaana 821 TOO aigi pa aiaa a her cgi ac ae a E E aa aa i ea ole ei a Nea ane 822 TU heera ree aaa r aad oa eee E a 824 Oa a rai a a ch ay ah alt ki a a dasa r date ke Mieka 827 Paper Is Jammed inside Machin ss lt lt 1244c0e2etsiigewes denn Aa ANE Ae eee 830 OMETE AGEE ino iEn A E A E E A a a a aad a E KREE 833 St ee ee LEEA EE PEE ee Te Te eee EEEN 834 RDO 4 50 sk 4 Ss eh ad 1 ee oe Ok a ee Ee 835 Tonk ot apes ue dce ee deuce a hese cpa sheeted cos hse Ane emesees seed caus 836 jcc et eee ee ee eee eee eee eee ee eT eee eer ee ee ee ee 837 ee 56 sh og Sd ke 9h oe ANE E oes eee eee aa 838 Wt 20 E duecotweeeedee cee Nes amare e
225. a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 723 Q Packets Are Sent Constantly Windows A When IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is enabled it periodically transmits packets to check communication with the machine over the network If you are using your computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up the machine disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX To disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX right click the _ icon on the notification area on the desktop and select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX 724 Checking Network Information Checking Machine IP Address or MAC Address Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address Checking Communication Between the Computer the Printer and the Wireless Router Checking Network Settings Information Q Checking Machine IP Address or MAC Address A To check the machine s IP Address or MAC address print out the network setting information using the operation panel Printing Network Settings You can check the network setting information on the computer screen e For Windows Canon IJ Network Tool Screen e For Mac OS Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Q Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address A To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer follow the instructions below e For Windows 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8
226. achine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 901 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 902 6943 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 903 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 904 6945 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 905 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 906 B202 Cause An error re
227. ack and white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white 315 Printing Tips Check the machine status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance Procedure e Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning Check how to load the paper correctly e Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in the front tray load paper WITH THE PRINTING SIDE FACING DOWN Loading Paper lt a e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 316 Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper If the media type setting is not the one for the loaded paper printing results may not be satisfactory After loading paper be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the loaded paper Print Results Are Unsatisfactory There are various types of paper paper with spe
228. adjusted intensity Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 411 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 8 511 22280m LI The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The c
229. age Layout list 4 Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another stapling side from the list 5 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper After one side is printed reload the paper correctly according to the message Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side 3 Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is unavailable e When Borderless Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list Duplex Printing and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable Duplex Printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Page Size on the Page Setup tab e Letter 8 5 x11 22x28cm A4 After printing the front page there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page Operation stops temporarily Do not touch the paper during this time You can change the ink drying wait time at Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab 369 DJ Note e If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
230. ain paper from the operation panel or from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device is not supported Borderless Printing is not available for legal A5 or B5 sized paper or envelopes Depending on the type of paper Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged 332 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes rie E Recommended printing area A 1 28 inches 32 5 mm B 1 32 inches 33 5 mm Z Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm 333 Letter Legal HE Recommended printing area A 1 28 inches 32 5 mm B 1 32 inches 33 5 mm ZA Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm 334 Envelopes Envelope DL 3 88 x 7 20 inches 98 8 x 183 0 mm Envelope Com 10 3 68 x 8 04 inches 93 5 x 204 3 mm Aas B t Ii of gt lt lt gt lt se O o E Recommended printing area A 0 31 inch 8 0 mm B 1 14 inches 29 0 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm 335 Administrator Password Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is specified at the time of purchase The password is either canon or the printer serial number if it is specified Model whose administrator password is specified as canon e The administrator password
231. alog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box 5 Click Photo Product Name Canon series v 2 m D A g instructors Scanning starts When scanning is completed the Save Settings dialog box appears 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 6 Change the image order or file save options as required You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog box 538 Note The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Click OK Scanned images are saved according to the settings 539 Sending Scanned Images via E mail You can send scanned images via e mail 3J Note The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings The Settings dialog box appears 3 Click Photo Scan JPEG Image Quality Cl save to a subfolder with current date Cl Check scan results Applicaton Setings Open with an application ld Canon My Image Garden Defaults 4 Select Attach to e mail in A
232. alphabets followed by five numbers Example XXXX00000 3 Note e The printer serial number is written on the warranty e Depending on the printer you are using you can check the serial number by printing out the network setting information of the printer For more on printing search for NR044 on your printer s Online Manual and see the instructions shown 338 List of Function for Each Model See below to check the models you can cannot use the card slot via a network MG series MX series MB series E series P series iP series iX series iB series PRO series MG series rier Puce esw ew o ueso wa ueso wa mew wan ueso wan uea wn ueso wan uow wa MX series MB series E series P series iP series iX series iB series PRO series CO CONE CONE 339 Printing Printing from Computer Printing from Smartphone Tablet a Printing from Digital Camera 340 Printing from Computer gt Printing from Application Software Windows Printer Driver Printing from Application Software Mac OS Printer Driver Printing Using Canon Application Software Printing Using a Web Service gt Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with Mac 341 Printing from Application Software Windows Printer Driver gt Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Overview
233. amount of change DJ Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium Matching Tab Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed Color Correction Allows you to select Driver Matching ICM ICC Profile Matching or None to match the purpose of the print operation Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used D Important If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled ICM ICC Profile Matching is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly None Disables color adjustment with the printer driver Input Profile Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction Standard The standard printer profile SRGB which supports the color space of ICM is used This is the default setting DJ Note Inthe XPS printer driver ICM has become ICC Profile Matching Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity
234. amp flashes four times then release it immediately The print head alignment sheet will be printed ee mI W gt Important Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet If the sheet is stained or wrinkled it may not be scanned properly 179 If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly press the Stop button then redo this procedure from the beginning 5 Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark u 6 Close the document cover gently then press the Black or Color button The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet and the print head position will be adjusted automatically The print head position adjustment will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass gt Important e Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until adjusting the print head position is complete e If adjusting the print head position has failed the Alarm lamp flashes Press the Black or Color button to release the error then take appropriate action An Error Occurs Note If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above adjust
235. an the Platen Image Stitch Windows Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Mac OS 46 Scan Multiple Originals at One Time By using lJ Scan Utility you can scan two or more photos small items placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually Refer to the following for details Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Windows Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Mac OS 47 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Save scanned images to a data management service e Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 33 Important e In certain countries PLXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand e To find out which models support PIXMA MAXIFY
236. and 4 x6 or KG in other countries and regions When you use the document application the default paper size is letter size in the U S region and A4 in Japan and Europe Important e Depending on the device or operation system the default paper size is different from above size We recommend you perform test printing e Your application may support different paper sizes Checking Print Status During printing a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used applications and you can use it to check the print progress Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary 499 Deleting Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From machine Use Stop button to cancel the print job From iOS device Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode and swipe to the right Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary Tap the print job to be canceled and tap Cancel Printing 500 Using Machine with Access Point Mode Access point mode allows you to print or scan by connecting the machine to a device such as a computer smartphone or tablet via wireless connection in an environment where a wireless router is not available In addition you can connect the machine to a device without a wireless router even where it is available
237. and the estimated ink levels Ink Information displayed at left Shows the FINE cartridge types with graphics If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know If the icon is displayed operate the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen Message displayed at right Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences Ink Model Number Shows the FINE cartridge types for your printer Close Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information 472 Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers gt Installing the MP Drivers 473 Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers The MP Drivers include a printer driver and ScanGear scanner driver By updating the MP Drivers to the latest version of the MP Drivers unresolved problems may be solved You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model Important e You can download the MP Drivers for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Before Ins
238. anes 645 65546 0465644805455 0454014645 565850o 40045 514 Copying on Photo Papel chaccnici ct cnwtexe ine dee oe a a E A E E A cas 516 Switching Page Size between A4 and Letter 0 0202 eee 517 Copying from Smartphone Tablet os ic6cen cee eeea e055 5559555 6 Hebe hee RE SEES 518 SED EREE A AE E A A EEE TT E T E E A E 519 Scanning from Computer Windows sssaaa saaa 520 sing Hocam Nts cash cae ka a wh aa ara anaa 521 What Is lJ Scan Utility Scanner Software 2 0 ct eee 522 Samo LD SCN AUN rsics s xcae a ait aie AR T an aie wna dane Ah ow a ad 524 Easy Scanning with Auto SOONG iis vie eae etad ke oun Cede aee oe ES HRS eee eS 525 Scanning CCUM SMCs sssaaa pecan Oh ck Sod aka ASAE A Dien Od a hw Se ald oh hme a ds 526 COMMING PHOS ob 2cc0 ceed Cheek esd ated es AGE a ERS ADEM Eh dd ae Ree Ree aAR BES 527 Sanning wih Favorite Seting S tsar ko duce aea aaa cade duneirs ange wcud 528 Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 0 00 0 529 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window 20 0000 e cee eee eee 533 Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time c2c2cccce0rsentedeedadendieerat der rauecnes 534 Saving aher Checking Scan RESUNS iu ics deans dedeneea uia ES E a a a aawe 537 Sending Scanned Images via E mail aasuassasusrenesrerrsresenrirsrnererrrauni 540 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR nnana nananana rnea 543 Uo can UNY SORENE ck Sie rk it ase ee
239. angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Setting
240. anning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Using Auto Scan Whether there are multiple items or not is detected automatically Click Auto in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Not Using Auto Scan In the Settings dialog box set Paper Size to Auto scan and scan Note e The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Place the items on the platen Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings Product Name Canon series S 2 of oa Auto Document Photo Instructors The Settings dialog box appears 4 Click Custom Scan 534 mG Documents as JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Comoresson Standard F Create a POF fe that supports keyword search C save toa subfolder with current date Annkeanen SANNAA B Documents PEGO Standard Cl save toa subfolder with current date C Check sean results Appicaten Settings Open with an appicabon I Canon My Image Garden Defadts 6 Select Auto scan for Paper Size then click OK 535 PEG Image Quality Cl Save toa subfolder wth current date Cl check scan results The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 3J Note
241. are Windows XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP Windows The TWAIN driver ScanGear is based on the TWAIN 1 9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software installation In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be open Contact the network administrator for details e e e e e e e e Information in this guide is subject to change without notice 324 Information about Paper Media Types You Can Use e Paper Load Limit Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area e Printing Area e Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes e Letter Legal e Envelopes 325 Media Types You Can Use To get the best printing result choose paper suitable for printing Canon provides various types of paper suitable for documents as well as paper suitable for photos or illustrations We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper 1 e Envelopes 2 T Shirt Transfers 2 Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access o
242. are grayed out and cannot be selected Manual Color Adjustment tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application software if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly 468 Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print Pure white and black will not change but colors between white and black will change Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contra
243. as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder 572 e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White DJ Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note iY e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box
244. at the ON lamp is not lit Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the machine has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month 319 Transporting Your Printer When relocating the machine for changing your living place or repairing it make sure of the following Important e Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport e With the FINE cartridge left installed in the machine press the ON button to turn off the power This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it from drying e After packing do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside down Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the machine When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine have its box marked THIS SIDE UP to keep the machine with its bottom facing down Mark also with FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE 1 Turn the machine off 2 Confirm that the ON lamp is off and unplug the power cord J Important e Do not unplug the machine while the ON lamp is lit or flashing as it may cause malfunction or damage to the machine making the machine unable to print 3
245. ation area on the desktop Scan from PC Settings Screen Right click the icon from the notification area on the desktop then select Settings to display the Scan from PC Settings screen Your scanner or printer must be selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before scanning over a network Scanners MAC addresses of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select one scanner or printer per model Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables scanning from the operation panel Instructions Opens this guide Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears You can select up to three scanners and printers in total for scanning from the operation panel You can scan items using the operation panel of the selected scanner or printer and send the scanned images to your computer over a network Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel that model does not appear in Scanners and the setting is not available Scan from Operation Panel Settings Screen Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings in the Scan from PC Settings screen to display the Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen Scanners MAC addresses of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select up to three scanners and printers in total at the same time Selecting a scanner or print
246. ation message appears click OK The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted 224 Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges according to an intended use When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately by a new one you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing The procedure for specifying the FINE cartridge is as follows gt 1 Open the printer driver setup window Ink Cartridge Settings 2 Click Ink Cartridge Settings on the Maintenance tab The Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box appears 3 Select the FINE cartridge to be used Select the FINE cartridge to be used for printing and click OK The specified FINE cartridge will be used from the next printing Important When the following settings are specified Black Only does not function because the printer uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents e Other than Plain Paper Envelope Ink Jet Hagaki A Hagaki K A Hagaki A or Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab e Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use Printing cannot be performed while either FINE cartridge is detac
247. ave the scanned images 561 You can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG Important You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specifie
248. ay recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP or WPA WPA2 to the wireless router to encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed 312 Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network Precautions When Firewall Function is Enabled A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer This may disable printer setup and communications During the printer setup you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software or operation system If so choose to enable communications When using IJ Network Tool you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software If so choose to enable communications If you cannot set up the printer temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or operation system J Important If you disabled the firewall function disconnect your network from the Internet Some applications like the network configuration software override firewall settings Check the application s settings before
249. ayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s direct connection You can change or check the direct connection access point mode settings Changing Settings in Direct Connection Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool 292 Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance To display the Status screen select Status from the View menu Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using wired LAN Signal Strength Link Quality and Advanced Measurement are not available 1 1 Device Status The device status is displayed as Available or Unavailable 2 Signal Strength Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 3 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 4 Advanced Measurement To examine the connection performance between the printer and the wireless router or between the printer and the computer When you click the Connection Performance Measurement is displayed Connection Performance Measurement Scree
250. b and connect it to a USB port on the computer Restart the computer 767 Q ScanGear Scanner Driver Does Not Start A Make sure that MP Drivers is installed If not installed install MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page GPA Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu gt Important e If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times select the one that does not include WIA Note e The operation may differ depending on the application e Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA compliant application Scanning with WIA Driver Make sure that the application supports TWAIN You cannot start ScanGear scanner driver from applications not supporting TWAIN Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your application 768 Q Error Message Appears and the ScanGear Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear A CAE Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Turn off your scanner or printer then reconnect the USB cable and replug the power cord Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Make sure that MP Drivers is installed If not installed install MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu D Note e The operation
251. balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan Magenta and Yellow fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK 406 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Rarderd CI Yew Color Patten Pryt a pation fer color ada atrrert DJ Note e You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important e When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal size or Borderless e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Us
252. be printed with the selected page size and the orientation DJ Note If Normal size is selected for Page Layout then Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output is displayed Normally you can leave the check box checked During printing if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer uncheck the check box 347 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab specify the number of copies to be printed Page Layout Noenslsize z m a Pian Paper 85x11 228m Nommalsize Borderless FatoPage Scaled Page Layout lt gt V Automatically reduce large documert that the perter cart output 3 Specify the print order Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same page number together Print from Last Page Collate Print from Last Page i Collate 5 348 4 Compl
253. being inserted when you execute duplex printing or page layout printing From the Document Name list select the documents to be combined On the Edit menu select Combine Documents from Documents to combine the documents in the listed sequence To select multiple print documents hold down the Ctrl key and click the documents to be merged or hold down the Shift key and press the upper arrow or lower arrow key You can also click a blank area in the document list and drag the mouse to select multiple documents When you combine documents the documents selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined document is added to the list Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages To change the sequence of the print documents go to the Document Name list and select the print document to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Document from Documents and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print document to change the print sequence To change the sequence of the print pages click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Page from Pages and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print page to change the print sequence Deleting print documents and print pages To delete a print document select the target document from the Document Name list and on the Edit menu choose Documents and
254. ble the wireless LAN and try to redetect the machine Using Machine with Access Point Mode D Note e To set up network communications via USB instead select Set up the network connection via USB check box on Check Printer Settings screen and then click Next 698 Q Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 A Are computer and network device router etc configured and can computer connect to network Make sure you can view web pages on your computer If you cannot view any web pages Configure the computer and network device For the procedures refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device or contact their manufacturers If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to detect the machine If the machine is found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication If you can view web pages Go to check 2 Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 699 Q Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 A Does your security software s firewall or computer operating system interfere with network communications setup The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between the machine and your computer Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or
255. center to request a repair 883 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 884 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 885 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 886 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 887 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 888 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve
256. ching tab select Color Correction setting that matches your purpose from the following and click OK 394 Calor Correction KM None Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile to be used None The printer driver does not perform color correction Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e When ICM is disabled in the application software ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles 395 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a prin
257. cial coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings such as how ink is used and sprayed distance from nozzles etc so that you can print on that type with optimal image quality This allows you to print with the settings best suited for the loaded media type just by selecting that media type 317 Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button If you press the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print Press the Stop button to cancel printing 318 Keeping Print Quality High The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you press the ON button to turn off the power the machine caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure th
258. cify the application or folder Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 553 Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Click Document Scan on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Document Scan dialog box In the Settings Document Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents Documents POF Miultole Pages Standard F Create a POF fle that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date C Check sean results Applicaton Settings Open with an application UG Canon My Image Garden O Send to an application J Preview O Send to a foide None C Attach to emai d None Attach Manually Ostet OCR I Output to Text C De not start any aplication 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area D Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item 554 Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit
259. cify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be divided into several pages during printing Printing Only Specific Pages If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below 1 Set the print range In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab click the pages that do not need to be printed The pages that were clicked are deleted and only the pages to be printed are displayed 363 Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martenance EEN Page Sze Letter 8 5x11 22280m Onertation A Porras AJ C Rotate 130 degrees GPP Preta Poper Sze Letter 8 5x11 22280m Page Layout Tiing Poster Pign Paper Letter 85 11 22280m 3 Note e Click the deleted pages to display them again e Right click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages 2 Complete the setup After completing the page selection click OK When you execute print only specified pages will be printed gt Important e Since tiling poster printing enlarges the document when printing it the print results may become coarse 364 Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number
260. ck Agree and follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information is sent via the Internet Once you have completed the procedure the information is subsequently sent automatically and the confirmation screen does not reappear DJ Note e If you clear the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically the next time and the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey If you do not agree to participate in survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen closes and the survey is skipped The confirmation screen will reappear one month later To stop sending the information Click Turn off This stops the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program and information is not sent To resume the survey see Changing setting e To uninstall Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 1 Stop Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Changing setting 2 Select Applications from Go menu of Finder double click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 3 Move Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program app to Trash 814 4 Restart computer Empty Trash and restart your computer e Changing setting To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surveying follow the procedure bel
261. cked Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing 3 Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns 405 Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value Medea Type Photo Paper Pun Gorey Ciphers Norra rterety 0 Comme 0 Pree Oai anawa Cean we Y Yetow gt Important e Normally patterns are printed with the color balance settings as the center values However when Black Only is selected for Ink Cartridge Settings on the Maintenance tab the color balance settings are not applied to pattern printing 6 Adjusting the color balance Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the color
262. cking the frame Double click the frame again to return the display to its non magnified state In whole image view Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification DJ Note Zoom rescans the document and displays high resolution image in Preview Ties Enlarge Reduce on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly However the resolution of the displayed image will be low Preview Performs a trial scan 632 Scan Starts scanning 3J Note e When scanning starts the progress will be displayed Click Cancel to cancel the scan e When scanning is completed a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear Follow the prompt to complete For details refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in Scan Tab Preferences dialog box e It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain size In that case a warning message appears it is recommended that you reduce the total size To continue scan in whole image view Preferences Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan preview settings Close Closes ScanGear scanner driver 2 Toolbar You can adjust or rotate preview images The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view In thumbnail view 2 o0 00 w EF aa OO Be In whole image view a Wee Thumbnail aa Whole Image Switches the view in the Pre
263. cluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may
264. creen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Network Information Screen Access Control Sheet Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 264 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Elle View Settings Help 2 Cie ehs F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wait a while and then click Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed D Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be con
265. ct your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 850 1704 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1705 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 852 1712 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 853 1713 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 854 1714 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 1715 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 856 1890 Cause Protective material or tape may still be attached to FINE cartridge holder What to Do Open the paper output cover and make sure the protective material and tape have been removed from the FINE cartridge holder
266. cument Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds 556 In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Fo
267. cuments automatically from the ADF select A4 or Letter When you select a size the Preview area size changes accordingly Important e Some applications have a limit to the amount of scan data they can receive Available scan range is as follows e 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels or less e If you change Paper Size after previewing the preview image will be deleted DJ Note e If you are not sure which size you should select for Paper Size set Paper Size to Full Platen then measure the size of the document and enter the values into Width and Height Original Orientation Set the orientation and stapling side of the documents to scan from the ADF 637 Click Settings to open the Orientation dialog box Origina Orientation wx Potrat R Oltandscape Bindery Location RIR Wteng Edge R x Os R Short Edge Important The Orientation dialog box can only be opened when Select Source is Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex e Binding Location is displayed when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning Binding Location cannot be specified when Select Source is Document ADF Simplex Color Mode Select how to scan the document Color Select this mode to scan color documents or to create color images This mode renders the image in 256 levels 8 bit of R ed G reen and B lue Grayscale Select this mode to scan black and white photos or to create black and white
268. d F Good G Bad horizontal white streaks are present Note The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern 176 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes twice then release it immediately The machine starts cleaning the print head The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 1 to 2 minutes 3 Check the print head condition To check the print head condition print the nozzle check pattern J Note e If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice clean the print head deeply 177 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head clean the print head deeply Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head so clean the print head deeply only when necessary 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Hold down t
269. d other computers cannot access the same file If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a USB connected computer you cannot access the network drive of the card slot On the other hand when you enable it to be writable only from a LAN connected computer the card slot is not detected via USB Make sure the card slot setting is selected properly according to your connection method To read files from a memory card via USB and over a network disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer You cannot write files to a memory card in either way with this setting When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a LAN connected computer you
270. d Document Cover gt Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine Use a soft clean lint free and dry cloth Wipe the platen glass A and the inner side of the document cover white sheet B gently Make sure not to leave any residue especially on the glass surface gt Important e The inner side of the document cover white sheet B is easily damaged so wipe it gently 195 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it paper may not be fed properly In this case clean the paper feed roller Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller so perform this only when necessary You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the front tray 2 Open the paper output tray 3 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes seven times then release it immediately The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper 4 Make sure that the paper feed roller
271. d Universal Time 4 The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account About this service Enter the registered E mail address and Password and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 83 Printing Your Printer Registration ID Important e Some models do not support this function To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you will need a Printer registration ID From the operation panel of this printer print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID The procedure is as follows 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet If your model has color LCD monitor 2 From the home window select Setup gt Hi Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 3 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register this printer with IJ Cloud Printing Center 4 In the print settings select the display language Language for print settings BAS English Deutsch francais italiana
272. d application settings Monitor Gamma By setting the gamma value of a monitor you can adjust the input data to the brightness characteristics of the monitor Adjust the value if your monitor s gamma value does not match the default value set in ScanGear and the colors of the original image are not accurately reflected in the monitor Click Defaults to return to the default Monitor Gamma value 2 20 Note e Refer to the manual of your monitor to check its gamma value If it is not written in the manual contact the manufacturer 661 Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF Auto Document Feeder of your scanner or printer Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly D Important Do not place objects on the document cover When you open the document cover the objects may fall into your scanner or printer resulting in malfunction e Close the document cover when scanning e Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD Liquid Crystal Display when opening closing the document cover May result in unintended operation Placing Items Platen Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder Placing Items Platen Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically Important e When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or
273. d etter irrt adee eaten athe aheew ates 482 Getting Google Account pete tea Sink ay eh ee ee eee ETET TET TEET 484 Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print 22 eee eee eee eee eee eens 485 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 487 Deleting Machine trom Google Cloud Print 205 3000 0reeebeeewd eden seen es eeens x 491 Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with Mac 2 542646 60c0s ceased ase eae dean cane 492 Printing from Smartphone ablel cv addaeewe sd dnceeee Soadidas ou Oe eedaeseses 494 Printing Directly trom Smartphone Tablet a ccrsoadgeaacied ed HOR cee Roe agasa aga 495 ANC Primi 25 4s nuns eRe Oe i ease sea ESSE ReATSSadedhaw Fo eeetaawoes 496 Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with iOS Device EEIE TTOF RRS ai Ar Using Machine with Access Point Mode 000 cece eee eee 501 Printing Using a Web Service 2 255 eine ETET eee SERTION ERETT 504 Using FIXMAIMAXIPY Cloud Litkisse06 94065 e800 seb dees eeasadad a aA 48 Printing with Google Cloud Print Pee rer EET FOTE EI TIT eer dene eis BOL Printing from Digital AMO es o25 ct cite edeekeddseaoeg bee eee de ised seseeege5 508 Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 509 PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings 0 0 nanana c ccc eee en eee ene eee 511 COD er ee ee ee ee E a E EE A 513 Making Copies on Plain P
274. d in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in 562 DJ Note e To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 563 Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Click Custom Scan on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Custom Scan dialog box In the Settings Custom Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference V Create a POF fe that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Applicaton Settings Open with an appication UG Canon My Image Garden O Send to an appiication J Preview C Send to a folder None C Attach to emai A None Attach Manually O Stt ocr T Output to Text O Do not start any application 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 339 Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan
275. d on Color Mode settings e Scanning may take longer than usual when you use Image Settings Image Settings allows you to set the following items Image Adjustment When Image Adjustment is set the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized Images can be adjusted according to the automatically detected document type or the specified document type The result of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image None Image Adjustment will not be applied Auto Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the document type It is recommended that you normally select this setting Photo Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos Magazine Applies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines Document Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents gt Important e You can set Image Adjustment after preview 643 e You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box Note e If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto specify the document type The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment In that case set Image Adjustment to None Reduce Show through Use this function to reduce show through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled paper and other colored paper when scanning documents OFF Show through will not be reduced ON Select this to reduce show through in du
276. delete and sort apps Important Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service For details see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer Follow the steps described below to add apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete NAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums OneDrive Add delete ETE tel 3 Select Register apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the list select the category of the app Register apps All Photography Productivity Creativity 5 From the displayed apps list select the app that you want to register 55 Register apps Creative Park paper craft CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM Christmas card DJ Note e Description of displayed icons ia Can be used with genuine Canon ink 6 Select Register CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM greeting card This app is available exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various greeting Register The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list To register another app repeat the procedure from step 5 To end the app registration select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Important Some apps may require a linked app account before you can use the app If this is the case set up an account beforehand Delete apps
277. der even when you select the borderless print setting The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print Sending Print Data via Internet This section describes the operation to send print data from Google Chrome browser on the computer The operation differs depending on the device applications or services Important e LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to sending print data via internet Internet connection fees apply 1 Make sure machine is turned on DJ Note e If the machine s Auto Power On function is enabled the machine is turned on automatically when it receives the print data 2 Start Google Chrome browser on your computer 487 3 Select Sign in to Chrome from Chrome menu 4 Log in to your Google account 5 Select Print from Chrome menu New tab New window New incognito window Bookmarks Recent Tabs Relsunch Chrome in Windows mode Edit Cut Copy Paste Save page as End Print Zoom 100 History Downloads Settings About Google Chrome Help More tools Exit 6 Select Change next Destination Print Totat 2 sheets of paper 7 Select Canon MG3600 series in Google Cloud Print 8 Select Print When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud P
278. directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness adjustments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of SRGB effectively You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used 396 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select
279. djusting Histogram sese itiseee coer Lae oe be be eee eed ey Eee s wees 615 Adjusting Tone CUVE orare idari he ites Rees DRA Gs ea eaneaeud ed eee Gas 619 Setting Threshold edit pH ade ERATE EEE PEIRET KRR aeronau MO ScanGear Scanner Driver Screens cnar Goa dase a ale awk renin istekne 623 Basie Node Taber sssriror pier Ek a E a R 624 Advanced Mode TaD tckcg acid baa a hae beh a E a dh a a 631 Input SSUINGS ssi 00hspeneddtedo seed EAA ERA ERA E 637 Bia a a e SEEE EEEE ah 4G EHS EH DEL SS Bie HENRY TEELE ETT ETE 640 Image Settings so isssrsisrrereraa TETT eer EER eee TTET pare eed cet dine 643 Color Adjustment BOMONS 4 35 255 2509 6400 980 0 9S40 4 9254 eae OG Mes Sioa enes 648 Preferences Dialog Box TOR a ees anna wae eae TTF Ree fi aweeng GOI CA PEON esarete ga eM RHA PEA RA REA EAE EGA DOMED ESAS ERE 652 Preview Tab jjacragewd 4a ee eer ETET ENET TET er PETET ETET ETTET pu BOF Cd AEAT Ta T EETL ESENES TEEST EEEE EITE 659 Color Settings Tab a TOTT SEPITTI EEEN sf tad wee gamete B00 Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 000 00 e eee eee eee 662 Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear ee ee eee Heese detens BOS General Notes Scanner Driver orrira sree sakir e e oereedaseseeeeisadepesas 669 Other Scanning Methods RENN E Wasa Red eer Miia TEEPA TIYE SEEN 671 Scanning With WIA DIVE 965 0624 0464540 oh o9 LASTS SL ESSER SA TNS aD Doe dawedDe 672 Scannin
280. document becomes slightly narrower than usual and the document may not fit on one page Click Print Area Setup select one of the following process methods and then click OK 367 When automatic duplex parting is pefomned the partable area of the pater becomes narrower than usual and the printer may not be able to Select Use reduced parting to part within the Use normal size printing Print without reducing the page Use reduced printing Reduce the page slightly during printing 5 Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another stapling side from the list 6 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print duplex printing will be started Performing Duplex Printing Manually You can perform the duplex printing manually 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab 368 Normalize Borde ess Fito Page lt Vi Automatically reduce large documert that the parter caT output T Duples Parting Cl Atomatic Stapling Side Long cide taping Leh l 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout from the P
281. drive mapping 3 Cancel Cancels the card slot setup When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked 298 Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver Select the printer for which you want to change the association and click OK 2 Note e You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate wth and cick OK Pot Name Canon ma rey Canon gm Microsoft PORTPROMPT Microsoft 1 Model Displays the name of device specified as a destination port It is blank if the name of device is not detected 2 Printer Displays the printer driver installed in the computer Select the printer for which you want to change the association 3 OK Performs association 299 Network Information Screen Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard 300 Network Communication Tips Using Card Slot over Network When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port gt Technical Terms Restrictions gt Firewall
282. duced is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Sep Martenance EEN Pope Sre Letter 8 5711 22280m Orientation A Pora A Rotate 180 degrees CPP Portes Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m 3 Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods e Select a Printer Paper Size When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged 357 Letter 8 5511 22230m Chick Setup Man Page Senp Martenance A Ounae EEN Pope Sue Onertation AJ Pora a E a Nomalsize Bordedess Ftto Page Scaled lt E Long ade aping Leh Specty Margin pe 0s SZ Hirret an rae F Cobste Pact Options Stamp Background Deas ox aa oy Hep Copes e Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box Quick Setup Man Page Seo Martensnce f IEN Pope Sue Lotier 8 5711 22280m Li Onertation A Pora A Olngcpe Rotate 190 degrees GPR Prt Pacer Size Letter 85 11 22280m Page Lagat Scaled u oO amp a Page Layout Normalize Borderless Fitto Page Scaled Pian
283. dust particles and scratches however evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed Important This function may not be effective for some types of photos J Note e It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials Fading Correction Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors None Fading Correction will not be applied Low Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast This can affect the tone of the image Important e You can set Fading Correction after preview e You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Grain Correction Use this function to reduce graininess roughness in photos taken with high speed or sensitized film None Graininess will not be reduced Low Select this when the photo is slightly grainy Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the photo is very grainy This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the image Importa
284. e DHCP server functionality The router assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DNS server A server that converts device names into IP addresses When specifying IP addresses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server 306 F e e e e e e e Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps IEEE 802 11g International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b IEEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 11g Infrastructure Client computer and machine setup where all wireless c
285. e Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder gt Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Auto is selected The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type when saving e Photos postcards BD DVD CD and business cards JPEG e Magazines newspapers and documents PDF Important e The save format may differ depending on how you place the item Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note iY e PDF files that are searchable in the language selec
286. e To set a different management method set the target method from the Select how to manage screen Add group group1 Settings Add group Add a group to be used in Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Note e You can register up to 20 groups Apps available on printers that do not require a security code Apps available on printers thatdo not require a security code Settings For printers without the Multiuser mode setting or Security code settings set the apps to be displayed when a user selects Cloud from the printer s home screen If the domain does not have a printer that meets this condition this setup screen does not appear To go to the setup screen select setings i D Note e If only the following printer is registered in the domain it is not displayed Printer without LCD monitor Printer with monochrome LCD monitor e Multiuser mode printer 103 Advanced management screen yt Advanced management You can set how to manage printer users and app availability See manual for details Require security code You can restrict use by unexpected users by requiring a security code entry when using this service from the operation panel Set Select how to manage You can select how to manage apps and printers Set The Advanced management screen allows you to set the management method for printer users and apps that can be used To go to the setup screen select e Re
287. e close the paper output cover then open it again 3 Push down the ink cartridge lock lever of the empty FINE cartridge until it clicks 3 Important e Handle the FINE cartridge carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area e Discard the empty FINE cartridge according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables 5 Take a new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove the protective tape E gently 164 _ 3 Important e If you shake a FINE cartridge ink may spill out and stain your hands and the surrounding area Handle a FINE cartridge carefully e Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed protective tape Do not reattach the protective tape once you have removed it Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables e Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge The machine may not print properly if you touch them 6 Insert the new FINE cartridge straight into the FINE cartridge holder all the way until it touches the back The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot 3 Important e Insert the FINE cartridge gently so that it does not hit the electrical contacts on the FINE cartridge holder 165 7 Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to lock the FI
288. e Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition 846 1687 Cause The FINE cartridge is not installed properly What to Do Open the paper output cover When the head cover opens push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridges are installed properly After that close the paper output cover If the error is not resolved remove the FINE cartridges and install them again 847 1688 Cause The ink has run out What to Do Replace the ink cartridge and close the paper output cover If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing press the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds with the ink cartridge installed Then printing can continue under the ink out condition The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing The resulting print quality is not satisfactory if printing is continued under the ink out condition 848 1702 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 849 1703 Cause Ink absorber is almost full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button to continue printing Conta
289. e Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences 414 ABCDEF Lane Sergio Tyge Rorderd v C Mew Color Paten 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK Cron Magerts Yelow hrtersty Cortrort Letter 85x11 22x28cm Same as Page Sre v Lye Medum Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity Contrast Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed D Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns 3 Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print 415 On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity contrast that you set is the center value Lg enc w S E A anon d 4 gt 6 z s bi OIS 6 Adjusting
290. e Favorite Settings dialog box Enter Setting Name and click Add the name appears in Favorite Settings List When you click Save the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected along with the predefined items To delete an item select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List DJ Note e You can set Add Delete in Favorite Settings after preview e Save up to 10 items Input Settings Specify the input settings such as the document type and size Output Settings Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size Image Settings Enable disable various image correction functions Color Adjustment Buttons Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the image s overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values histogram or balance tone curve Zoom Zooms in on a frame or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame scan area When zoomed in Zoom changes to Undo Click Undo to return the display to its non magnified state In thumbnail view When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view clicking this button zooms in on the selected frame Click KI ua Frame Advance at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame DJ Note e You can also zoom in on an image by double cli
291. e Replacing a FINE Cartridge When copying see also the sections below Is platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Make sure original is properly loaded on platen glass Loading Originals Is original loaded with side to be copied facing down on platen glass Did you copy a printout done by this machine If you use a printout done by this machine as the original print quality may be reduced depending on the condition of the original Reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it 744 Q Colors Are Unclear A Is nozzle check pattern printed properly Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles For details on printing the nozzle check pattern print head cleaning and print head deep cleaning see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven e If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly After performing the print head cleaning print the nozzle check pattern and examine the pattern If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice Perform print head deep cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge ete When a
292. e The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog box e When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog box the Save Settings dialog box appears After you set the save options and click OK the scanned images are saved and automatically attached to a new message of the specified e mail client 7 Specify the recipient enter the subject and message then send e mail Refer to the manual of your e mail client for e mail settings 542 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor 3 Note e You can extract text when scanning via Document Custom or ScanGear The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings The Settings dialog box appears 3 Click Document Scan P Documents POF Migle Pages Standard V Create 2 POF fe that supports keyword search C save to a subfolder wth current date C Check scan results Ankenes Sorte Note e For Resolution only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings 4 Select Start OCR for Application Settings then select the application in which you want to display the result 543 JPEG Image Quality Cl save to a subfolder with current date Cl Check scan results Apobearen Setting
293. e Unsatisfactory Message Appears Cannot Install MP Drivers Network Key Unknown Paper Jams Examples of Problems e Machine Does Not Move e Power Does Not Come On Power Shuts Off By Itself Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Scanning Problems Windows Scanning Problems Mac OS Cannot Print Scan from Smartphone Tablet e Cannot Set Correctly Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen Message Appears on Computer During Setup Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Network Key Unknown Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Checking Network Information Restoring to Factory Defaults Cannot Install MP Drivers Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear Windows Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment Windows e Print Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Printing Does Not Start e Printing Is Slow e Copying Printing Stops e Print Results Are Unsatisfactory 694 e No Ink Comes Out e Paper Jams e Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error e Automatic Duplex Printing Problems e Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Windows e Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Mac OS Error or Message Appears e An Erro
294. e application scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application 777 Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size gt Original Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted gt Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 778 Q Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor A If the image is jagged increase the scanning resolution or select TIFF or PNG in Data Format of the Settings dialog box Resolution Settings Dialog Box Set the display size to 100 Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small If moire stripe pattern appears take the following measures and scan again e Set one of the following settings in the Settings Document Scan dialog box Settings Custom Scan dialog box or Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box of IJ Scan Utility then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box e On the
295. e desktop follow the procedure below to start Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX on the Start screen If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu click All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu Displays a menu when you right click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX in the notification area on the desktop Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Enable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Enables or disables IJ Network Scanner Selector EX When you select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX you will not be able to scan over a network from the operation panel Enabled 2 Disabled Important When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel you cannot scan using the operation panel even if this setting is enabled Settings The Scan from PC Settings screen appears You can select the model you want to use About Displays the version information In the displayed dialog box you can change the language to be used in the application The change will be reflected after restarting the computer 678 Exit Exits IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Enabled or Ss Disabled disappears from the notific
296. e images using nearest neighbor interpolation When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed the printer uses a simple interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances 446 J Note e Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data Depending on the application software being used the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly In such cases select On If you will not be using this function select Off Important e When using this function the print quality may drop depending on the print data Unit of Print Data Processing Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer Select Recommended under normal circumstances gt Important A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory Note Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp and or background over or beh
297. e in Note To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 559 Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Click Photo Scan on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Photo Scan dialog box In the Settings Photo Scan dialog box you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos JPEG Image Quality Save to a adfolder mith current date Check scan results Agpikaton Settings Open with an application Send to an appication C Send to a folder O Attach to emai C De not start any application 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area gt Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK 560 aches
298. e inquiry If your model has monochrome LCD monitor e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet e Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor If printing does not start even after you wait awhile go to the printer operation panel select Ai Setup and run Web service inquiry If printing does not start run the inquiry several times If your model has no LCD monitor e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet If printing does not start even after you wait awhile first turn off the printer and then turn it back on again 141 If the problem is not resolved use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer If you still cannot print see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual Note e With a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take several minutes before communication is possible Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network and wait a while before you start printing If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to the Internet and consequently a print job is not processed within 24 hours after it was submit
299. e more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection Starting IJ Scan Utility Follow these steps to start ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility 1 Start IJ Scan Utility Refer to Starting IJ Scan Utility for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click ScanGear in the IJ Scan Utility main screen The ScanGear screen appears Starting from an Application Follow these steps example to start ScanGear from an application The procedure varies depending on the application For details refer to the application s manual 1 Start the application 2 On the menu of the application select the machine Note e When you want to use a network compatible model by connecting to a network select one with Network displayed after the product name 3 Select the command to scan a document The ScanGear screen appears 592 Scanning in Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following the on screen steps Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver to scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen When scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder documents are scanned without preview gt Important The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly In that case click Thumbnail on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan
300. e only app that all users can use on the printer Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer For each user you can set the apps that the user can use on the printer As an example this section describes the procedure for allowing only the president to also use the Facebook app from the printer 1 From ED select Advanced management a series Mng printer Manage users Group management Advanced management T Facebook Ia Photos in Tweets e Evernote LSA a Ps 126 2 For Require security code select Set t Advanced management You can set how to manage printer users and app availability See manual for details Require security code You can restrict use by unexpected users by requiring a security code entry when using this service from the operation panel Set Select how to manage You can select how to manage apps and printers Set 3 Select printer for setting up Security code Security codes identify individual users when multiple users are using a printer t Advanced management Select the printer s you want to require a security code for use See manual series series You cannot select models for which the setting cannot be changed Note On models where the settings cannot be changed this function cannot be selected Some models do not support this function To check whether your model supports this function see Models that Support Security Codes 4 Se
301. e pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the front tray 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins Click OK when the confirmation message appears The Pattern Check dialog box opens 5 Check the print result Check the print result If the print result is normal click Exit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads 191 Cleaning Inside the Printer Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on the back side of the paper Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page The procedure for performing bottom plate cleaning is as follows Bottom Plate Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Bottom Plate Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The
302. e printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only Background Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object bitmap behind the document Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list Select Background Opens the Background Settings dialog box You can register a bitmap as a background and change layout method and intensity of the selected background Background first page only Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Background check box to enable this Check this check box to print a background on the first page only Stamp Tab The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file bmp to be used for a stamp Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Stamp Type Specifies the stamp type Select Text to create a stamp with characters Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file Select Date Time User Name to display the creation date time and user name of the printed document The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type When Stamp Type is Text or Date Time User Name Stamp Text Specifies the stamp text string Up to 64 characters can be entered For
303. e procedure below to disable the access point mode and the wireless LAN 1 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 2 Press Black button twice and press Wi Fi button The ON lamp changed from flashing to lit the Wi Fi lamp goes off and then the wireless LAN is disabled Access Point Mode Setting The initial value of the access point mode is set as follows SSID access point name XXXXXX MG3600series 502 XXXXXxX represents last six digits of machine s MAC address Security setting WPA2 PSK AES Password machine serial number The machine serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the rear of the machine It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters four alphabets followed by five numbers Note e To check the machine s MAC address and serial number and the current access point mode settings print out the network setting information Printing Network Settings e You can change the security setting and the password using IJ Network Tool If you change the access point mode setting of the machine also change the access point setting of your device 503 Printing Using a Web Service gt Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 504 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a
304. e size and media type selected with the Paper button 8 Stop button Cancels operation when print copy or scan job is in progress Holding this button down lets you select maintenance options or machine settings 9 Color button Starts color copying You can also press this button to finalize your selection for the setting item 10 Black button Starts black amp white copying You can also press this button to finalize your selection for the setting item 11 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes when an error occurs When performing machine maintenance or machine settings options can be selected according to the number of flashes In the software applications or manuals the Color and Black buttons are collectively called the Start or OK button 213 Power Supply gt Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off gt Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 214 Confirming that the Power Is On The ON lamp is lit when the machine is turned on Note e It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine 215 Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn on the machine The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit Confirming that the Power Is On Note e It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the mac
305. e the scanned image enter values into Width and Height in Output Settings or specify a value by 1 for Although the maximum value available for depends on the Output Resolution it can be specified for up to 19200 dpi the maximum available output resolution Paper Size L A4 etc amp Monitor Size 1024 x 768 pixels etc amp width 2 Height and scale cannot be specified The preview image will be cropped according to the selected output size and resolution The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of the selected paper monitor size You can drag the cropping frame to enlarge reduce or move it while maintaining the aspect ratio Add Delete Opens the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box in which you can specify custom output sizes In the Add Delete the Output Size dialog box you can specify multiple output sizes and save them at one time Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected along with the predefined items Adding Select Print or Image display for Destination then enter Output Size Name Width and Height then click Add For Unit you can select inches or mm when Destination is Print but you can only select pixels when Destination is Image display The name of the added size appears in Output Size List Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List Deleting Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size L
306. e to start that app 1 Applications Immediately after the cloud s Main screen appears a list of the registered apps appears To start an app select the app that you want to use on the list 63 DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region model or language e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 2 Add delete button Use this button to add delete and sort apps Register apps Delete apps Sort Register apps Select this to add your favorite apps See here for details on how to add apps Delete apps Select this to delete registered apps See here for details on how to delete apps Sort Select this to sort the apps list See here for details on how to sort the apps list 3 Manage button Use this button to manage jobs log out of an app show the license agreement and privacy statement and set the time zone Manage jobs Settings Legal information Log out of all apps Manage jobs From the Status list window you can check the status of a job 64 Settings Select this to set the Time zone Select your region on the list For some regions you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving time setting J Important e If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy stat
307. eatures 2 Double click Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX DJ Note If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue Windows 7 Windows Vista 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then click Uninstall Change Note If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue Windows XP 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 2 Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then click Change Remove 2 Click Yes when the confirmation message appears 3 When uninstallation is complete click OK Note e When the message prompting you to restart your computer appears click OK to restart your computer 681 Scanning Tips gt Resolution gt Data Formats gt Color Matching 682 Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color The density of these dots is called resolution and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains The unit of resolution is dots per inch dpi Dpi is the number of dots per inch 2 5 cm The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image the lower the resolution value the less detail PF How to Set the Resolution You can set the resolution in the following screens IJ Scan Utility Resolution on the
308. ecified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings of the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins Specifies whether to print the words Cut and Paste in the margins These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the words DJ Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Print Cut Paste lines in margins Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the cut lines Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances Select Pages to specify a specific page or range Note If some of the pages have not been printed well specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time Booklet Printing dialog box This dialog box all
309. ect Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK aches 1 00 8 50 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 DJ Note Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto 565 e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Image Processing Settings Click _ _ Plus to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source When Select Source is Auto Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function e When Select Source is Photo Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image e When Select Source is Magazine or Document Note e When Color Mode is Black and
310. ected to both the machine and the computer When the USB cable is securely plugged in check the following 810 e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the machine directly to the computer and retry the printing If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Contact the vendor of the relay device e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and retry the printing If you use the machine over a LAN make sure the machine is correctly set up for network use y te Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and reinstall them from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website When machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable check device status from your computer Follow the procedure below to check the device status 1 Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below If User Account Control screen is displayed follow the on screen instructions e In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Device Manager e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Control Panel Hardware and Sound and Device Manager e In Windows XP click Control Panel Performance and Maintenance System and Device Manager on Hardware sheet 2 Double click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB
311. ed in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Auto Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Auto Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings e Refer to the following pages to scan by specifying the item type Scanning Photos Scanning Documents Scanning with Favorite Settings 525 Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents 1 Place the item on the platen Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Document Scan dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Document Product Name Canon series 2 m a Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch ScanGear eran Scanning starts gt 99 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Document Scan dialog box displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Document Scan dialog box you can also make advanced scan settings 526 Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos 1 Place the photo on the platen Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Photo Scan dialog
312. eed What to Do Reload the paper and press machine s Black or Color button When you load the paper insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the front tray 834 1200 Cause Paper output cover is open What to Do Close the paper output cover and wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing a FINE cartridge 835 1202 Cause Paper output cover is open What to Do Close the paper output cover 836 1250 Cause Paper output tray is closed What to Do Open the paper output tray and resume printing 837 1310 Cause Size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter Make sure paper of the correct size is loaded Press the Black or Color button to eject the paper and restart printing from the front of the next piece of paper The reverse side of the ejected sheet is not printed 838 1401 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed What to Do Install the FINE cartridge If the error is not resolved the FINE cartridge may be damaged Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 839 1403 Cause FINE cartridge cannot be recognized What to Do Replace the FINE cartridge If the error is not resolved the FINE cartridge may be damaged Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 840 1485 Cau
313. eferences dialog box Scanner Preview Scan Color Settings soreness Quiet Settings Settings Select Folder Where Temporary Fies are Saved Bronse Sound Settings Dany muse dreg sanning C Pay sound when scarring is completed Calbrabon Settings Exeane at Every Scan Scanner Tab Allows you to set the auto power settings specify the folder in which to save images temporarily and set the music file to play during or at the end of a scan Preview Tab Allows you to select what to do with Preview when ScanGear is started how to display cropping frames after previewing images and the cropping size for thumbnails of scanned documents Scan Tab Allows you to select what to do with ScanGear after scanning image Color Settings Tab Allows you to select how to adjust color and specify the monitor gamma value Scanner Tab On the Scanner tab you can specify the following settings 399 Important e Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer Scanner Preview Scan Color Settings Auto Power Settings Quiet Settings Settings Select Folder Where Temporary Fies are Saved Bronse Sound Settings aay muse drirg sanning aay sound when scanning is completed Callbrabon Settings Exeane at Every Scan Auto Power Settings You can set to turn the machine on or off automatically Click Settings to display the Auto Power Settings dialog box Note e If the mac
314. el Printing Network Settings 727 Q Restoring to Factory Defaults A Important For Windows Initialization erases all network settings on the machine making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible To use the machine over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup e For Mac OS Initialization erases all network settings on the machine making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible To use the machine over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup Press and hold Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 19 times The network settings are initialized 728 Problems while Printing Scanning from Smartphone Tablet gt Cannot Print Scan from Smartphone Tablet 729 Cannot Print Scan from Smartphone Tablet If you cannot print scan from your smartphone tablet it is possible that your smartphone tablet cannot communicate with the machine Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method Cannot Communicate with Machine over Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Machine while It Is in Access Point Mode J Note e For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each connection method
315. elect the background to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the background details If necessary complete the following settings and then click OK 372 Select Background button To use another background or change the layout or density of a background click this Background first page only To print the background only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified background D Important e When Borderless is selected the Stamp Background Stamp button appears grayed out and is unavailable Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing Related Topics Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background 373 Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can create and register a new stamp You can also change and re register some of the settings of an existing stamp Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows Registering a New Stamp 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Le
316. elopment and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet Information related to Canon inkjet printer scannerfax Computer s OS version language and display setting information Device driver and application sofware usage logs Printer s IO number installation date and time type of ink installed ink use information number of sheets primed and maintenance information Paper use information printing environmenticonditions and questionnaire results Some of the above information may not be sent depending on your model your Canon product is shared for use the above information recorded in the shared product will be sent If you are to agree please convey this tact to the users who share the product and obtain their agreement as well beforehand In this survey we will not send any information regarding your computer except hat listed above or yout Nersonal information For this raasnn from the information that is sent to us we are unable to If you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree If you wish to turn off this program click Turn off This will disable the program and no further survey will be made Turn off Do not agree Agree e If you agree to participate in survey program Cli
317. em Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here 323 Windows Operating System Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32 bit only Windows 8 1 includes Windows 8 1 Update Hard Disk Space 3 1 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System OS X v10 7 5 OS X v10 10 Hard Disk Space 1 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint Google Cloud Print PIXMA Cloud Link e An internet connection is required to use Easy WebPrint EX and all the Online Manual Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 10 or 11 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows softw
318. em type or your purpose Note e Refer to IJ Scan Utility Main Screen for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen Save Scanned Images Automatically Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder You can change the folder as required Note The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder e Refer to Settings Dialog Box for how to specify a folder Integrate with Applications You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications display scanned images in your favorite application attach them to e mails extract text from images and more 522 JPEG Image Quality POF Compressons F Create a POF fhe that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Open wih an application O Send to an application O Send to a folder O Attah to ernai Ostet oca O Do not start any agpication gt Important e Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed 2 Note e Refer to Settings Dialog Box for how to set the applications to integrate with 523 Starting IJ Scan Utility J Note If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network connection set up the networ
319. ement Press the Start button to print the displayed information Log out of all apps You can log out at the same time from all apps that you are logged into Note e Some apps may keep you logged in even after the app ends Therefore if you want to log in again with a different account select Log out of all apps to log out first e Once you log out you need to log in again You may lose the settings with some apps 65 Cloud Troubleshooting If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet e Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor If printing does not start even after you wait awhile go to the printer s home screen and select HA Setup gt Web service inquiry If the problem is not resolved use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer If you still cannot print see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual Note e With a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take several minutes before communication is possible Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network and wait a while before you start printing If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to
320. en Whole Image is displayed on the Toolbar Items on the Platen are scanned and displayed as a single image All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned 635 3J Note e You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image In whole image view you can create multiple cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Related Topic Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode 636 Input Settings Input Settings Select Source Document ADF Serpien Paper Sre tetter Crore menwon ea Color Mode Reduce Show trough Urar p Mask Descreen Rese Oust ond Scenes Gran Corrector w LA Li Input Settings allows you to set the following items Select Source The type of document to be scanned is displayed To scan from the Platen select Platen to scan from the ADF Auto Document Feeder select Document ADF Simplex or Document ADF Duplex gt Important e Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF For details refer to the application s manual Note You can select Document ADF Duplex when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning Paper Size Select the size of the document to be scanned This setting is available in whole image view only When scanning both sides of the do
321. ent on both sides This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is selected Automatic Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex Printing check box is checked To perform duplex printing automatically check this check box To perform duplex printing manually uncheck this check box Print Area Setup Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box in which you can configure the print area for automatic duplex printing This button will be enabled if automatic duplex printing is set when Borderless is not selected Stapling Side Selects the stapling margin position The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best stapling margin position Check Stapling Side and select from the list to change it Specify Margin Opens the Specify Margin dialog box You can specify the width of the margin Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important e If the application used to create your document has a similar function specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here Print from Last Page Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order If you do this you do not need t
322. ental impact Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs ENERGY STAR AA MA 205 Main Components and Their Use gt Main Components gt Power Supply 206 Main Components gt Front View Rear View gt Inside View gt Operation Panel 207 Front View 1 paper output support Extend to support ejected paper 2 paper output tray Printed paper is ejected 3 paper output cover Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the machine 4 document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass 5 paper guides Align with both sides of the paper stack 6 front tray Load paper here Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 7 front cover Open to load paper in the front tray 8 paper support Extend to load
323. enter In the My account registration screen enter the password you want to register into Password and Password Confirmation and then select Next 81 Register My account Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated UniversalTime a D Important e The user name entry field has the following character restrictions e The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 82 5 Specify the Time zone setting and select Done Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinate
324. er 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed 362 If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box and then click OK kage Divisions Ddod rto 2 cs Bret Qt Pate in margins Port Cut Paste ines in margins Pont page range ox Pages Erter page numbers and or page ranges seperated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 oe re Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins To leave out words Cut and Paste uncheck this check box Note e This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used Print Cut Paste lines in margins To leave out cut lines uncheck this check box Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances To reprint only a specific page select Pages and enter the page number you want to print To specify multiple pages enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers Note e You can also spe
325. er automatically enables scanning from the operation panel Instructions Opens this guide Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel Scan from Operation Panel Settings may appear in the Scan from PC Settings screen however the setting is not available Note If your scanner or printer does not appear check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again e MP Drivers is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers 679 e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual e You do not need to use this software when scanning via USB Refer to Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to delete it You can scan via USB even if it is not deleted 680 Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Scanner Selector EX from your computer Important e You cannot scan over a network after uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX e Log into a user account with administrator privilege 1 Uninstall IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Windows 8 1 Windows 8 1 Click the Settings charm gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and F
326. er size setting is correct Make sure the paper size setting is appropriate for automatic duplex printing Check the paper size setting in the application software Then check the paper size setting in the printer driver e For Windows Check Page Size setting on Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window e For Mac OS Check Paper Size on the Page Setup dialog DJ Note e Duplex printing may not be available depending on the version of the application software Make sure media type setting is correct Make sure the media type setting is appropriate for automatic duplex printing e For Windows Make sure the loaded paper is suited to automatic duplex printing in Main sheet in the printer driver setup window e For Mac OS Make sure the loaded paper is suited to automatic duplex printing in Quality amp Media sheet on the Print dialog 761 D gt Note e For Windows To switch to manual duplex printing follow the procedure below Open the printer driver setup window clear Automatic check box on Page Setup sheet and reprint When performing manual duplex printing note the following e If you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing one side of each sheet is printed first Turn over and reload the paper to print the reverse sides Do not change the order of the sheets e The procedure for turning the paper over varies depending on the staple side and printing orientation Follow t
327. er you are using The wireless routers detected are listed The following wireless routers were detected Select the wirdiess router lo connect to and cick Set Detected Wireless Routers Strength Encryption Virelase Router Name WEP WPAAWPA2 WANASA WPA WIPA2 r 1 Detected Wireless Routers The signal strength from the wireless router encryption type name of wireless router and the radio channel can be checked gt Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party DJ Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP is set WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 is set 2 Update Click to update the list of wireless routers when your target wireless router is not detected If the target wireless router is set to the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the wireless router s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Wireless LAN Sheet DJ Note e When detecting your target wireless router make sure the wireless router is turned on 272 3 Set Click to set the wireless router s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WPA WPA2 Details screen or the WEP Details screen appears if the selected wireless router is encrypted In this case configure the d
328. eration panel A4 Letter and 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm e Printing on the following page sizes from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device is not supported B5 A5 Legal and Envelopes Standard sizes e Letter e Legal A5 A4 BS e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm e Envelope DL Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the following ranges e Minimum size 3 50 x 5 00 inches 89 0 x 127 0 mm e Maximum size 8 50 x 26 61 inches 215 9 x 676 0 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g Im plain paper except for Canon genuine paper Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the machine Notes on Storing Paper e Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing e To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight 327 Paper Load Limit Commercially Available Papers Plain Paper including recycled paper 1 Approx 100 sheets Approx 50 sheets 10 sheets Legal 10 sheets Legal T Shirt Transfers 1 sheet A4 Canon Genuine Papers DJ Note We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blu
329. es 1 Current page 1 Copies 1 File Menu Selects the print operation Start Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar Cancel Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar Exit Ends the Canon IJ Preview Page Menu This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed All of these commands except Page Selection can also be selected from the toolbar J Note e If the pages are being spooled the last spooled page becomes the last page If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software 459 e If duplex printing manually has been set the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together and then the back pages are displayed First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first
330. es esa a T E EEES 839 0 ee ee eee ee oe eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 840 MON 04 a E ER he OE E es a a ERR eee EK 841 WEG chs ceaeue cease doe eke eeupaaeeense dees E E sewer sea eeeu eee 842 Wat eee Oh eee oe ore cee ee eau E EEEE EEA TAA TEE EERTE 843 POOR EEr 5 69 9 4 EO E SS OR EERE eS Re KE 844 MOOT athe cen bee eee ee sees cease E A eceese se neue eceeeses tetas 845 oo ee ee eee ee ee ee eer eee ee ee Lee ee ee eee eae 846 POOT 54 a5 4b E E ee hk Hh eee ae R 847 jo ee ee ee ee es ee ee ee ee eee ee 848 fi ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee eee ere TETTERE 849 O96 og hg 8 ee 8 ee a oe eee He 850 OY Oe 526 38 db home h erie 0490 98 dh oe ed eh eh 9 9 ob eee 853 here ee ee ee eee ee a ee ee ee eee ee ee eee eee ree se 854 Ce eee eee ee a eee E ee ere eT eee eee ee ere eee ee eee 855 Pi reregan ra 4 49 8 es BP te 9 99 97 9 ee i gh 856 WN 2 ics cheba ebeee es tegade ee eee ee eee sel edeokeseueceuese tesa EET 857 a es Chee E E A T EE os eee ake ee aes EE E E E T ET EE 858 gy Le a E er eee R E ER 859 P E E T E ed EEEE E A se E EEA E A EET 860 iy LS A E E E a re ee T EE E TE eee ee 861 ZOD e neraed E E aa E a oh ge n a oe R 862 1 ee ee ee ee ee ee es ee ee 863 o eee ee eee re ee eee ee eee ee eee ee ee E E EE ee ee 864 See Tee ee eee ee ee ee Tere ee eee ee eT ee ee eT re ee ee eer 865 oo ee ee ee ee ee ee re ee eee ee eee 866 Pate bee ce oe eee auhes 64Gb ee eee eure tesess ene eee aoe ee sane eae cee 867 POO eegee g
331. esident the section manager and the new hire as users 115 gt Manage users Updated date Feb 4 2015 5 17 AM A Delete Nickname Authority Chief Administrator i Add user 4 The senior clerk selects Advanced management from EJ xt Manage users Mng printer Advanced management Nickname Authority Chief Administrator President Standard user Manager Standard user 5 For Select how to manage the senior clerk selects Set 116 yt Advanced management You can set how to manage printer users and app availability See manual for details Require security code You can restrict use by unexpected users by requiring a security code entry when using this service from the operation panel Set Select how to manage You can select how to manage apps and printers Set 6 The senior clerk sets Manage by group for office users and selects OK t Advanced management Manage app availability by printer Manage app availability by user Manage by group for office users Set app printer availability by group Cancel Note If Group management has already been set up refer to step 10 and the subsequent steps 7 On the screen for checking management method changes the senior clerk checks the displayed information and selects OK In this mode each user can freely set their own app availability In addition recommended apps can be used by default Do you want to change
332. ess where XXX is the model name in the displayed screen then select Install Scanning with WIA Driver 2 0 The following is an example of scanning using Windows Fax and Scan 1 Place the item on the platen Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 2 Select New on the File menu of Windows Fax and Scan then click Scan The scan setting screen appears DJ Note e If you have more than one scanner or printer a scanner selection screen may appear Double click the scanner you want to use For USB connection Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name e For network connection XXX series_MAC address where XXX is the model name 3 Specify the settings Scanner The currently set product name is displayed To change the scanner click Change and select the product you want to use Profile Select Photo Default or Documents according to the type of item to be scanned To save a new Profile select Add profile You can specify the details in the Add New Profile dialog box 672 Source Select a scanner type Paper size This setting is not available for your scanner or printer Color format Select the color mode in which to scan the item File type Select a data format from JPEG BMP PNG and TIFF Resolution DPI Enter the resolution Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi Resolution DJ Note e When using the scanner or printer with network connection the fo
333. et Explorer 9 10 or 11 1 Select EI Tools gt Print gt Page setup 2 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Internet Explorer 8 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively from Tools select Toolbars gt Menu Bar to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Mozilla Firefox 1 Select Menu gt Print gt Page Setup 2 Select the Print Background colors amp images checkbox in Format amp Options In Google Chrome 1 Select Chrome Menu gt Print 2 Select the Background graphics checkbox in Options For Mac OS To print background colors and images follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options then select the Print backgrounds checkbox 1 Click Print from the File menu 2 Click Show Details or a Down Arrow 3 Select Safari from the pop up menu Safari kg Print backgrounds Print headers and footers Using This Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Touch enabled Device Users Windows Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation A Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of
334. etails to use the same encryption settings set to the wireless router e Wireless routers that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured 273 WEP Details Screen Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Specifies the printer WEP settings t hh Kay Length 128be v ASCII 3 1 v 4 Atherticaton 5 Key Eormat Key 1D instructions Note e When changing the password WEP key of the printer the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the wireless router 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the wireless router The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the wireless router 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the wireless router Select Auto or Open System or Shared Key 274 WPA WPA2 Details Screen Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WPA WPA2 settings The
335. ete the setup Click OK When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling Poster is selected for Page Layout When Booklet is selected for Page Layout Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set When Duplex Printing is selected Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set Note By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page These settings can be used in combination with Normal size Borderless Fit to Page Scaled and Page Layout 349 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling
336. ete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Deleting an Unnecessary Stamp 1 Click Define Stamp in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the stamp to be deleted Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save settings tab Then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again 376 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can select a bitmap file omp and register it as a new background You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background An unnecessary background can be deleted The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows Registering New Background 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab Letter 8 5 x11 22280m A Pora A O Langrcape J Retste 180 degrees Same as Page Size Page Layout Nomssire H E wa 8 aper 85x11 228m Normalize Borderless FttoPope Scaled lt Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and Background cannot be used 3 Clic
337. etwork Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to check the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen DJ Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function when printer is used When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to make sure whether you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Follow the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Switch printer now You can use the same printer on the network immediately Clicking this item starts searching for the same one on the network and the result is listed on the Select Printer screen Select the printer to use from the list Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen 291 This menu is available when No Driver is displ
338. etwork device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible IP Addresses Shows the registered IP addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible IP Addresses Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to register the IP address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network D Important Add the IP address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list Up to 16 IP addresses can be registered IP addresses specified by Range Specification are counted as one address Use Range Specification when you intend to register 17 or more IP addresses 284 5 Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list 285 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Instructions 1 MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access 2 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the d
339. evice such as the name of the computer gt Important e Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them 286 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen J Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen Specification Me thot Single Address Specification instructions 1 Specification Method Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address es Single Address Specification Specify each IP address separately Range Specification Specify a range of successive IP addresses 2 IP Address Enter the IP address of a computer or a network device to allow access when you selected Single Address Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 Start IP Address Enter the first IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 End IP Address Enter the last IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 DJ Note The Start IP
340. evices a suitable distance from the machine Check for obstructions Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Move the machine as necessary GIA Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the machine as far away from interference sources as possible W Make sure 5 devices are already connected Access Point Mode does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected 712 Q Cannot Print or Scan from Network Computer A G4 Make sure computer network settings are correct For more on computer setup see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer If MP Drivers are not installed install them e For Windows Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD ROM or install them from the Canon website e For Mac OS Install the MP Drivers from the Canon website ence Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router see the wireless router instruction manual or contact its manufacturer D Note e To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address 713 Network Key Unknown WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown Cannot Connect Setting an Enc
341. ex printing remove the paper by following these steps Note If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine 1 Pull out paper slowly from paper output slot Hold the paper with both hands and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it gt Important Do not pull the paper out from the front tray even though you can see the jammed paper at the front tray Pulling the paper out forcibly from the front tray may damage the machine 2 Reload the paper and press machine s Black or Color button If you were not able to remove the paper in step 1 Follow the instructions below to remove the paper from the transport unit 1 Turn off machine and unplug it 2 Stand machine up on its right side D Important e Make sure the document cover is closed before you stand the machine up on its side e Stand the machine on a wide and flat surface such as a desk e Hold the machine securely with both hands to stand it up being careful not to hit anything 3 If protective material for transport unit remains attached remove it 827 4 Push open lever to open transport unit Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over when you open or close the transport unit 5 Pull out jammed paper slowly Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over as you pull out t
342. ffects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance 9 Brightness Contrast Adjust the brightness and contrast of the image If the image is too dark or too bright or if the image quality is flat due to lack of contrast you can adjust the levels of brightness and contrast Adjusting Brightness and Contrast 648 A Histogram A histogram allows you to see the data concentration at each brightness level of an image You can specify the brightest level highlight and darkest level shadow within an image cut the levels and expand the middle of the tonal range of the image Adjusting Histogram Tone Curve Settings Adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph tone curve showing the balance of tone input and output You can make fine adjustments to the brightness of a specific area Adjusting Tone Curve UA Final Review Make a final check of color adjustments The final synthesized tone curve and the histogram derived from the subsequent image processing will be displayed There are no settings to make in this screen For a color image select a color in Channel to check either Red Green or Blue or select Master to check three colors together e If you place the cursor on the preview image the portion will be enlarged and its RGB values only L when Color Mode is Grayscale before and after the adjustments wi
343. from the next time as well In the Commonly Used Settings window click Save to register the specified settings 344 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver When you use this printer selecting a media type that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on this printer Commercially available papers Plain Paper including recycled paper Plain Paper Other Photo Paper Other Photo Paper T Shirt Transfers T Shirt Transfers Canon genuine papers Document Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Canon Red Label Superior lt WOP111 gt Plain Paper Canon Oc Office Colour Paper lt SAT213 gt Plain Paper Canon genuine papers Photo Printing Canon genuine papers Business Letter Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt High Resolution Paper Canon genuine papers Original Products Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt Glossy Photo Paper 345 Various Printing Methods gt gt gt Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp Background
344. g Using the Control Panel Windows XP Only ee eer EREET TTTT TRET TEE 676 IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen a a nuaa 0 0 ce eee 678 Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX 00 cece eee eens 681 SEAN MPS tisha duedeiadaieheedahes deat dake Ee ee ee Lhe hed eet oe ABO AS aad 682 RESUNOR gcc4 2 onde Cae e WOR REC EREE Ee RESO deaa R EONS Hee aR beS OE ES 683 Da a FOMI en a eee oR RO aan Pee NE ee ar ee 685 Color MatCRINO a ete Sect he he act Hee ache SNe ah ence Guirao he Set eth Sh oh hh Sehr adhe BS 686 Positioning Originals Scanning from COMPBUIED iis ice chee a barge asiaa didai iddaa keia a wae 687 Network Scan Settings s2 css evbeteeed tevin seed Peace ou TEPEE EKG ed a r Epa PES EA 689 Scanning from Computer Mac OS 5c ose ad oe ue ded ee ies eee es dee weds 691 Scanning Using Smartphone Tablet 6602 65 6448 e eee L OSE eee RETAIN E Ee CHE RED 692 Using PIAMAIMAAIFY Cloud Link 22 ci c cievisdrared ad raged eeaebeadatga cudaiad ohedag ea 48 DUS so ee hia e ee echt ee ren eee Gentian deat 694 Network Communication Problems 0 0000 eee eee eee eee eee eee 696 Cannot Find Machine on NeIWORK onised ctw eeu SidewdaXnes Cori way E erp nia daa 697 Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen 2 6 0 ce ee 698 Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 20000005 699 Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 2
345. g and scanning to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images Note e Even when Execute at Every Scan is set to OFF the scanner may be calibrated automatically in some cases such as immediately after you turn the machine on e Calibration may take time depending on your computer 654 Function Support List by Model Auto Power Off MG series MX series E series P series MB series MG series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB Connection MG7700 series MG7500 series MG7100 series MG6900 series MG6800 series MG6700 series MG6600 series MG6500 series MG6400 series MG5700 series MG5600 series MG5500 series MG3600 series MG3500 series MG2900 series MG2500 series 655 MG2400 v No network support series MX series Auto Power Auto Power Off Function Function Model Name See USB With Network Connection Connection MX530 x x series MX490 series MX470 x x series E series Auto Power Off Function Power Off Function Model Name E ae USB With Network Connection Connection E400 series No network support P series Auto Power Off Function Power Off Function Model Name M cues USB With Network Connection Connection P200 series oi No network support MB series To turn off MB series automatically specify the time from the operation panel of the printer 656 Preview Tab On the
346. g box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose To set the print quality level individually click the Main tab and for Print Quality select Custom The Set becomes enabled Click Set to open the Custom dialog box and then specify the desired settings High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Front Tray Paper is always supplied from the front tray Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software Always Print with Current Settings Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window the information that you set on the Q
347. g it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 870 5012 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 871 5050 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 872 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the machine Check the following e Make sure FINE cartridge holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer jammed paper etc Remove any impediment Make sure the FINE cartridges are properly installed Open the paper output cover When the head cover opens push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridges are installed properly After that close the paper output cover Turn the machine back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 3J Important e When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion be careful not to touch clear film A 873 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do
348. g the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Preview with Canon IJ XPS Preview when reading this information You can display and check the print result before printing The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Pian Paper Leter 8 5711 22280m al C Grayscale Prreing Preview before parer 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results gt Important In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box the Color Adjustment tab contains the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box When this check box is selected the Preview before printing appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topic Canon IJ Preview 384 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select Custom for Page Size on the Page Setup tab Page Layout
349. g the printer and you do not know the password ask the administrator of the printer you are using e Set the password back to the default setting by initializing the printer settings For more on initializing the printer search for UGO67 or UG505 on your printer s Online Manual and see the instructions shown 336 Authentication Enter the password when the authentication screen is displayed Administrator Password You need to enter the user name as well as the password depending on the printer you are using For more on the user name see the link above Important A message to warn you that the identification information is not verified may be displayed depending on the printer you are using e For security reasons we recommend you change the password J Note Use an OS or web browser below to use Remote UI iOS devices OS iOS 6 1 or later Browser Default browser of iOS device Mobile Safari Android devices OS Android 2 3 3 or later Browser Default browser of Android device browser or Chrome Mac OS devices OS Mac OS X v 10 6 or later Browser Safari 5 1 or later Windows devices OS Windows XP or later Browser Internet Explorer 8 or later Google Chrome 38 0 2125 104m or later Mozilla Firefox 33 0 or later 337 Where Serial Number Is Located The printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters four
350. ge data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself from your application software be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select None for Color Correction 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 399 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction 4 For Inp
351. ge for media selection appears When you are using plain paper for test printing select Plain Paper and click OK Expanding the Range of the Document to Print Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems However the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing reduce the amount of extension The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left 353 Important e When the amount of extension is decreased an unexpected margin may be produced on the print depending on the size of the paper DJ Note e When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position image data will be printed in the full size If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position e When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab you can confirm whether there will be no margin before printing 354 Fit to Page Printing Festival SA ance sary Festival Come and join ue The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set fit to page printing Select
352. gration with various cloud services without using a computer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 692 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Save scanned images to a data management service e Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 33 Important e In certain countries PLXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand e To find out which models support PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link check the Canon homepage The screen display may change without prior notice 693 Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions Cannot Find Machine on Network Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN Printing Does Not Start Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Appear An Error Occurs Print Results Ar
353. h network connection you cannot specify Brightness and Contrast 5 Click Preview to preview the image The preview image appears on the right Drag Ld to specify the scan area 6 Click Scan 674 Scanning starts then the scanned image appears in the application 675 Scanning Using the Control Panel Windows XP Only You can scan images via the Control Panel of Windows XP using the WIA driver gt Important e When using the scanner or printer with network connection you cannot scan using the WIA driver 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click Printers and Other Hardware gt Scanners and Cameras then double click Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name The Scanner and Camera Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next 4 Select Picture type according to the item to be scanned gt Scanner and Camera Wirm Cheare Scanning Preferences g Dooie you searg peeferences ad hen R Preview 80 pae Now you pieleiencer aiat G pA O Black ond white pene oe bet ie O Oaa DJ Note e To scan with the values previously set in Custom settings select Custom 5 Click Custom settings to set the preferences as required Properties Bhs Brightness Berolsion Ory Picture bpe 180 S Coke picture Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness Move it to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 676 Contrast Move the s
354. h the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes 186 9 10 bikscesssss bebstessiis Shobsedtsis ACTER ARSENE AOUOAONIOAG DONONONANIT 0011 NLT IIOONIOICI DONAOTIDILI SEALS AERRS a Wie ee Wea eee Be ee ee eecece titi il When you have entered all the necessary values click OK DJ Note If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks A B A Least noticeable horizontal streaks B Most noticeable horizontal streaks Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed D Important Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes 187 11 12 a e od i i HT DOUOUOTADIL ainiiiiii T i i When you have entered all t
355. han 5 devices to be connected 732 Printing Problems gt gt Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Print Results Are Unsatisfactory No Ink Comes Out Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Copying Printing Stops Cannot Print Using AirPrint 733 Q Printing Does Not Start A GE Make sure machine is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn it on The ON lamp flashes while the machine is initializing Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit DJ Note e If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics printing may take longer to start The ON lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine Wait until printing starts i Make sure machine is properly connected to computer If you are using a USB cable make sure it is securely connected to both the machine and the computer When the USB cable is securely plugged in check the following e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the machine directly to the computer and retry the printing If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Contact the vendor of the relay device There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and retry the printing If you use the machine over a LAN make sure the machine is correctly set up for network use ieee IS access point mode enabled
356. hand If the printer you use is set to Get IP address automatically the IP address changes every time the printer connects to the network This may disable printer setup and communications depending on the firewall settings In this case either change the firewall settings or assign a fixed IP address to the printer An IP address can be set using IJ Network Tool Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet When assigning a fixed IP address to the printer you will need to specify an IP address with which the computer can communicate Note For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer 313 Ensuring Optimal Printing Results gt Ink Tips Printing Tips Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Printer 314 Ink Tips How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing Ink is not only used for printing but also for cleaning the print head to maintain the optimal printing quality The machine has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging In the cleaning procedure used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount Does black and white printing use color ink Bl
357. hannel is assigned to the wireless router and the machine To check the settings of the wireless router see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer After checking the wireless router settings click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the machine If the machine is found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication If wireless router settings are not causing problem Go to check 4 Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 701 Q Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 A Check wireless router configuration and make sure the machine is not placed too far away from the wireless router Make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2 4 GHz bandwidth For more on checking the setting of the wireless router refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer After checking the wireless router setting make sure the machine is not placed far away from the wireless router The machine can be up to 50 m 164 ft from the wireless router indoors Make sure the machine is close enough to the wireless router to be used In addition check where the machine and the wireless router are located and take the appropriate action e Check for obstructions between the machine and the wireless router Wireless communication between different r
358. has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA PSK o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES o Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA2 PSK o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup 310 PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software 311 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer m
359. have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of 21 goodwill work stoppage computer failu
360. he Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes three times then release it immediately The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head This takes about 1 to 2 minutes 3 Check the print head condition To check the print head condition print the nozzle check pattern If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved replace the FINE cartridge with a new one If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge contact the service center 178 Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position D Note e If the remaining ink level is low the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper including recycled paper Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the front tray 3 Open the output tray extension open the paper output tray then extend the paper output support 4 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm l
361. he authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password J Important e Some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area C_J Visible area e The Login screen may vary between apps e After logging in you may be asked from an external service to agree to use their app Agree if you are using the app 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 60 Sample00 Sample01 3 Sample0 Menu In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Make the necessary print settings and then select Color A message that indicates the completion of issuing print job appears and printing starts Selected 1 Paper size L 3 5 x5 89x127mm Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen The print data has been sent Continue Apps 33 Important e Ifa print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that cannot be printed due to expiration and other reasons are also included in the print count 61 DJ
362. he diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A more than 0 4 inch 1 cm DJ Note You can place up to 12 items You can place up to four items when the Compress scanned images upon transfer checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog box of IJ Scan Utility With network connection items may not be scanned correctly when five or more items are placed In that case reduce the number of items placed on the platen to four or less then scan again Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are corrected automatically Placing Documents ADF Auto Document Feeder 33 Important Do not leave thick items on the platen when scanning from the ADF May result in paper jam e Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents e Refer to Originals You Can Load for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF 1 Open the document tray 663 2 Place the documents on the ADF then adjust the document guides to the width of the documents Insert the documents face up until a beep sounds 3J Note e When scanning duplex documents place the front sides facing up They will not be scanned in the correct page order if placed the other way around 664 Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Cropping is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it On
363. he jammed paper Note e If the paper is rolled up and difficult to remove pull out the edge of the paper first e If you cannot remove the jammed paper from the transport unit close the transport unit return the machine to its original position and remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside Machine 6 Close transport unit 828 Note e Once you have closed the transport unit return the printer to its original position right away 7 Plug machine back in and turn it back on 8 Reload paper All jobs in the print queue are canceled Redo the printing If the measures above do not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 829 Paper Is Jammed inside Machine If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the transport unit or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine remove the paper following the instructions below J Note If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine 1 Turn off the machine and unplug it 2 Open paper output cover Remove the paper in the cassette if any 33 Important e Do not touch clear film A If you soil or scratch the clear film by touching it with paper or your hand it could damage the machine 3 Check if jam
364. he machine may not print properly if you touch them 211 Operation Panel All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes 1 ON lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on 1 Note e You can check the status of the machine by the ON and Alarm lamps ON lamp is off The power is off ON lamp lights The machine is ready to print e ON lamp flashes The machine is getting ready to print or printing is in progress Alarm lamp flashes An error has occurred and the machine is not ready to print ON lamp flashes and Alarm lamp flashes alternately An error that requires contacting the service center may have occurred An Error Occurs 2 ON button Turns the power on or off Before turning on the power make sure that the document cover is closed Turning the Machine On and Off 3 Wi Fi lamp Lights or flashes to indicate the wireless LAN status Lights Wireless LAN connection is enabled Flashes Printing or scanning over wireless LAN Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN connection 4 Wi Fi button Hold down to automatically set up the wireless LAN connection 212 5 ink lamps Light or flash when ink runs out etc The left lamp indicates the color FINE cartridge status the right lamp the black FINE cartridge status 6 Paper button Selects the page size and media type 7 Paper lamp Lights to indicate the pag
365. he necessary values click OK DJ Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks Confirm the displayed message and click OK The third pattern is printed Important Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes 188 a EE ob s E ot sme ob E ob 3 EE 3 MNI ate ob E o ad dum 3 Em a ps s Bes When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes eee A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes Note e To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value 189 Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignmen
366. he network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 249 Changing WEP Detailed Settings Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration on Settings menu 4 Click Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change or check settings When changing the password WEP key the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the wireless router 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the wireless router The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 250 2 Key Length
367. he on screen instructions e For Mac OS Manual duplex printing is not available 762 Q Copying Printing Stops Is paper loaded Make sure paper is loaded If necessary load paper Do documents to be printed have many photographs or illustrations It takes time for the machine and the computer to process large data such as photos or other graphics so it may seem that the machine is not working Also if you are printing data that requires a lot of ink on successive sheets of plain paper the machine may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing several copies printing may pause to allow the ink to dry ie Has machine been printing continuously for a long period If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The machine may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait a while without doing anything If the printing does not resume interrupt your print session and turn the machine off for at least 15 minutes AS Caution e Print head and surrounding area can become extremely hot Never touch print head or nearby components If copying stops before it is completed retry copying If a certain time passes after some errors occurred while copying the machine stops the operation 763
368. he printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start e This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 93 lt CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Sample00 Sample01 Sampled2 S4 4 L Sample03 Py Sample04 Sample05 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Sample01 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print 94 Selected 5 Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Red EveCorrection Print 6 A print job completion message appears and printing starts The print data has been sent Continue To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3
369. he right paper guide C to slide both paper guides all the way out 4 Load the envelopes in the center of the front tray WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING DOWN The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side aL D Rear side E Address side Push the envelopes all the way to the back of the front tray Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once 5 Slide the right paper guide C to align the paper guides with both sides of the envelopes Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may not be fed properly 155 Note Do not overload envelopes by stacking until the top of the stack touches the paper guides 6 Open the output tray extension 7 Open the paper output tray F gently then extend the paper output support G gt Important e Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing If not open the machine cannot start printing 3 Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver 156 Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Originals You Can Load gt How to Detach Attach the Document Cover 157 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1 Open the document cover 2 Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass Originals You Can Load Align the corner of the original with the alignment mark u
370. he wireless router are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them e Check if the distance between the printer and the wireless router is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m e Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the wireless router In general connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors Adjust the locations to avoid such situations e Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the wireless router 258 The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the wireless router away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby If the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other wireless routers Check that the printer and the wireless router face each other Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the wireless router and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If 2 appears in the result of the
371. head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions adjust the position of the print head On this printer you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually 185 Aligning the Print Head Position Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens 3 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK 5 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 6 Load paper in the printer Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the front tray 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message J Important Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress 8 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns wit
372. heck dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary T Noa Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem Deep Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 182 2 Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts Important e Do not close the paper output tray until the deep cleaning is complete 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel Important e
373. hed 225 Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off and the Maintenance tab is displayed again T RO Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the Auto Power printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power on the Maintenance tab The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Auto Power On Specifying Enable from the list will turn
374. hem in blue Select All Cropping Frames Available when two or more cropping frames are specified Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them Remove Cropping Frame Removes the selected cropping frame i Information Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings document type etc 6 Open Guide Opens this page 3 Preview Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview You can also check the results of the settings image corrections color adjustments etc made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons When Eaj Thumbnail is displayed on the Toolbar Cropping frames are specified according to the document size and thumbnails of scanned images are displayed Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned 629 DJ Note e When multiple images are previewed different outlines indicate different selection status e Focus Frame thick blue outline The displayed settings will be applied e Selected Frame thin blue outline The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key e Unselected no outline The settings will not be applied e Double click a frame to zoom in on the image Click K D Frame Advance at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame Double click the f
375. her Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open printer driver properties In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click Canon XXX series Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name and then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click Canon XXX series Printer icon where XXX is your machine s name and then select Properties 4 Click Ports tab to check port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX series Printer appearing in Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s Note e When the machine is used over LAN the port name of the machine is displayed as CNBINP_Xxxxxxxxxxx XXXXXXXXxxX is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the machine If setting is incorrect Reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website Printing does not start even though the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on Start screen select Search charm and then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port and then select your machine s name In Windows 7 Windows V
376. hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Envelope Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Hagaki Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting How to load paper Displays a guide message if the other guide is not displayed when the printer begins printing for media types other than plain paper To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click How to load paper on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Display Warning Automatically When a Low Ink Warning Occurs Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs Start when Windows is Started Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor automatically when you start Windows Ink Details Menu Select this menu to display the Ink Details dialog box Check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your printer 471 Ink Details dialog box This function displays graphics and messages showing the FINE cartridge type
377. high resolution your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 depending on the application In that case cancel the action for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar then increase the operating system s virtual memory or reduce the image size resolution and retry Alternatively scan the image via IJ Scan Utility first then save and import it into the application 670 Other Scanning Methods Scanning with WIA Driver Scanning Using the Control Panel Windows XP Only 671 Scanning with WIA Driver You can scan an item from a WIA Windows Image Acquisition compliant application WIA is a driver model implemented in Windows XP or later It allows you to scan items without using an application The procedure varies depending on the application The following procedures are examples only Refer to the application s manual for details Important e In Windows XP you cannot scan using the WIA driver via a network connection e Follow these steps to enable scanning over a network The setting may have been completed already depending on your environment In that case Uninstall appears 1 Follow the procedure below to open Network Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Select the Search charm then click Network displayed by searching for Network e Windows 7 From the Start menu select Computer gt Network e Windows Vista From the Start menu select Network 2 Right click XXX_MAC addr
378. hine If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes see An Error Occurs e You can set the machine to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network This feature is set to off by default Managing the Printer Power Windows Managing the Printer Power Mac OS Turning off the machine 1 Press the ON button to turn off the machine When the ON lamp stops flashing the machine is turned off 3 Important e When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine be sure to confirm that the ON lamp is off 216 Note e You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval This feature is set to on by default Managing the Printer Power Windows Managing the Printer Power Mac OS 217 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug power cord does not have anything unusual described below e The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split Caution If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the machine with one of the unusual conditions ab
379. hine is off or bi directional communication is disabled a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the machine status In that case click OK to exit ScanGear scanner driver Auto Power On Select Enable to turn on the machine automatically when data is received Auto Power Off Specify the amount of time you want to set from the list When this time lapses without any data being received the machine turns off automatically 339 Important When connected to the network depending on your model the power does not turn off automatically even if Auto Power Off is set 652 Refer to Function Support List by Model Auto Power Off to check if your model supports the Auto Power Off function Quiet Settings The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine Use this when you wish to reduce the operating noise such as when scanning or printing at night Click Settings to set the quiet mode Note e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine the printer driver or ScanGear No matter how the setting is made it applies to operations from the operation panel of the machine or when printing scanning from a computer etc Scanning or printing may take longer than usual when this function is used Do net use quet mode Always use quiet mode Use quiet mode during speafied hours When the hours are specified quiet mode amp not appbed to operations
380. hite 255 Threshold is the borderline value that determines a color as black or white Move Slider to the right to increase the threshold value and thus increase the black areas Move the slider to the left to decrease the value and thus increase the white areas You can also enter a value 0 to 255 622 ScanGear Scanner Driver Screens Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab e Input Settings e Output Settings e Image Settings e Color Adjustment Buttons Preferences Dialog Box e Scanner Tab e Preview Tab e Scan Tab e Color Settings Tab 623 Basic Mode Tab This mode allows you to scan easily by following the on screen steps This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Preview Area 2 Note The displayed items vary by document type and view e The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Source Photo Color Scan color photos Magazine Color Scan color magazines Document Color Scan documents in color Document Grayscale Scan documents in black and white Document Color ADF Simplex Scan documents from the ADF in color Document Grayscale ADF Simplex Scan documents from the ADF in black and white Document Color ADF Duplex only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning Scan
381. ify the Page Order 429 4 on 1 Printing Prints four pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper To change the staple side or the margins set the new values from the Page Setup tab Borderless Printing Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper With the borderless printing function the document to be printed is enlarged so that it extends slightly off the paper In other words the document is printed without any margin To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper click the Page Setup tab choose Borderless and enter the value in Amount of Extension Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Color Intensity Manual Adjustment Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow B
382. ifying the Printer Driver To specify the printer driver open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using and select XXX Printer where XXX is your model name to specify the regular printer driver or select XXX Printer XPS where XXX is your model name to specify the XPS printer driver Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver To display a description of a tab in the printer driver setup window click the Help button found on the tab Related Topic How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 419 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing 1 Select the command that you perform printing on the application software In general select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box 2 Select your model name and click Preferences or Properties The printer driver setup window appears DJ Note e Depending on application software you use command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps For details refer to the user s manual of your application software Opening the Printer Driver Setup Window from the Printer Icon Follow the procedure below to perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to
383. ile and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to check the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the direct connection access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot check the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information 3 Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN 266 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The wireless router is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure the printer is turned on and select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable and select Refresh If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to check the network settings of the printer and the compute
384. images This mode renders the image in 256 levels 8 bit of black and white Black and White Select this mode to scan photos and documents in black and white This mode renders the image in black and white The contrast in the image is divided at certain levels threshold level into black and white and is rendered in two colors The threshold level can be set with 4 Threshold Input Size In thumbnail view the cropped document size is displayed after preview In whole image view the Paper Size is displayed before preview and the cropping frame scan area size is displayed after preview You can adjust the cropping frame size by entering the values into Width and Height Click Ei Change Aspect Ratio and change it to l Keep Aspect Ratio to maintain the aspect ratio when you specify the cropping frame size Important e Input size settings are available only when Output Size in Output Settings is Flexible If you select a size other than Flexible a cropping frame calculated from Output Size and Output Resolution is displayed and its aspect ratio is fixed 638 Note e The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size The minimum size is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi scaled at 100 When Auto Crop is performed in whole image view the aspect ratio will not be maintained since the size will be prioritized e Refer to Adjusting Cropping
385. inal on platen glass 4 Press Paper button to light lower Paper lamp 5 Press Color button for color copying or Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts Fit to Page copying Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete To make multiple copies Press the Color button or the Black button repeatedly according to the number of copies you want Press the same button Color button or Black button as the one which you previously pressed To cancel copying Press the Stop button 33 Important Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is completed While the machine is scanning the original the ON lamp keeps flashing Note e When the original is copied slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page 516 Switching Page Size between A4 and Letter You can switch the size of paper loaded in the front tray between A4 and Letter This setting is useful if you usually load Letter sized paper in the front tray 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Press and hold Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 10 times The ON lamp starts flashing instead of remaining lit 3 Press Black button to select A4 or Color button to select Letter The ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit and the paper size is changed D Note e When you switch the page size to A4
386. ind the document pages In addition to the pre registered ones you can register and use your original stamp or background D gt Note With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Stamp Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp Define Stamp Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp Place stamp over text Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp The printed data will not be hidden behind the stamp However the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document may be hidden 447 Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp over the printed document page Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Note e You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver Stamp first page only Selects whether the stamp is to b
387. ing allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note iY PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date 576 If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1 8 GB gt Important e When this checkbox is selected you cannot select Send to an application Send to a folder Attach to e mail or Start OCR When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear DJ Note e When this checkbox is not selected images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can be scanned Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning
388. ing Sample Patterns Printer Driver 407 Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Sands Gusto Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m Ago Harusi C Grayscale Prrting l Preview before panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness and click OK The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 408 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Rarderd v C Mew Color Paten 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction
389. ing a device we recommended you check the access point name SSID and the password for the access point mode 501 To check the access point name SSID and the password print out the network setting information of the machine Printing Network Settings 1 Turn on wireless communication on your device Enable Wi Fi on your device s Setting menu For more on turning on wireless communication see your device s instruction manual 2 Select XXXXXX MG3600 series XXXXXX represents last six digits of machine s MAC address from list displayed on device 3 Enter password Your device is connected to the machine 4 Start printing or scanning from your device Note e For more on printing or scanning from a device via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual Terminating Access Point Mode In environments that the machine is usually connected with the computer over the wireless LAN set the machine to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the machine with the access point mode temporarily 1 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 2 Press Color button Black button and then Wi Fi button in this order The ON lamp changed from flashing to lit the Wi Fi lamp lights up and then the wireless LAN is enabled DJ Note e If you do not use the machine with the access point mode or over the wireless LAN Follow th
390. ing permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyrigh
391. ing the data so that it extends slightly off the paper In standard printing margins are created around the document area However in borderless printing function these margins are not created When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it set borderless printing The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab Setting Borderless Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set borderless printing Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martenance IEN Page Sze Letter 8 5711 22280m 4 Onertation A Porat AJC _ Rotate 180 degrees ae faa ane es z A 2 o Paper Gossy a 85x11 228o Bordertess FetoPage Scaled Page Layout gt Agot of Exension Lal al Click OK when the confirmation message appears When a message prompting you to change the media type appears select a media type from the list and click OK 3 Check the paper size 352 Check the Page Size list When you want to change it select another page size from the list The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing 4 Adjust the amount of extension from the paper If necessary adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper and m
392. ings General Settings Dialog Box tt Click the amp General Settings tab to display the Settings General Settings dialog box In the Settings General Settings dialog box you can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden some options may not appear i 18 General Settings Product Nace Emal Attacerest Sre Document Language Folder to Save Temporary Fies Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name Note e With network connection Select appears on the right side of the product name Click Select to display IJ Network Scanner Selector EX from which you can change the scanner to use Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure E mail Attachment Size You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e mail You can select Small Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows Medium Suitable for 800 x 600 Windows Large Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows or No Change Document Language You can select the language for detecting text in images and for use with search when
393. irst on one side of a sheet of paper and then on the opposite side When the printing is complete fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet Important e Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab D gt Note The stamp and background are not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing 366 Duplex Printing Um rel Guide The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab Performing Automatic Duplex Printing You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set automatic duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked Letter 8 511 22280m Cnentation A Povey A Landcape C Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Sre 5 Page Layout Nomssire HH E A 8 g Nomasize Borderless FttoPope Scaled Page Layout Pisin Paper Leer 85x11 22280m lt gt V Atomaticaly reduce large document that the perter cannot output Pret Area Setup 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout from the Page Layout list 4 Set the print area When you perform duplex printing the print area of the
394. is changed for one of those groups the user can still use that app or printer if the one of the other groups allows it Only the printer that was set can be used by all users 131 What is a Security code A Security code identifies the user when multiple other users are sharing the same printer Important e If you are using the MAXIFY series you can set a Security code We recommend that you set a Security code to prevent other users from using your account e This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel You cannot use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone tablet or computer 132 Adding a Printer With one account you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers The procedure for adding a printer is as follows If your model has color LCD monitor 1 Check that an e mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e mail address and access the URL 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in User authentication E mail address Password Keep login info Cancel 3 When printer addition complete message appears select OK Added the printer Do you want to select the added printer Cancel The printer addition process ends and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears D
395. is specified as canon for the models below MG7500 series MG6700 series MG6600 series MG5600 series MG2900 series MX490 series MB5300 series MB5000 series MB2300 series MB2000 series E480 series E460 series iP110 series iB4000 series PRO 100S series PRO 10S series At the time of purchase the user name ADMIN is also specified for the models above The following character restrictions apply to the password that you change Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters For security reasons we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters Model whose serial number is used as the administrator password e For the models other than the above the printer serial number is used as the administrator password Where Serial Number Is Located e The following character restrictions apply to the password that you change Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters For security reasons we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters Important e You can change the password using one of the tools below Some tools may not be available depending on the printer you are using operation panel of the printer e IJ Network Tool e printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software If the password has been changed while you are sharin
396. ist then click Delete Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List Important e You cannot delete predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels Note Save up to 10 items for each destination An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range Enter a value within the range displayed in the message 641 Note e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear for details on cropping frames e For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab Preferences dialog box Switch Aspect Ratio Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible Click this button to rotate the cropping frame Click again to return it to the original orientation Data Size The data size when scanned with the current settings is displayed Note e When the data size exceeds a certain size the value appears in red In that case a warning message appears when you click Scan It is recommended that you adjust the settings to reduce Data Size To continue scan in whole image view 642 Image Settings 3 Important e Do not apply these functions to images without moire dust scratches or faded colors The color tone may be adversely affected Image correction results may not be reflected in the preview image 3 Note e Selectable settings depen
397. ista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer and then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port and then select your machine s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the machine is used over LAN 735 Launch IJ Network Tool select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you checked in step 4 and then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website Is print data extremely large Windows Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears This may reduce print quality If printing from your computer restart computer 736 Q Paper Jams A When paper is jammed the Alarm lamp flashes and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the computer screen automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message e For Windows samca Paper is jammed at the paper output siot For Mac OS eco Canon MG3600 series 1 Job Y Pause Settings 2 testprint The screen differs depending on the OS you are using To remove
398. ity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half 2 We recommend that you remove the previously printed paper or envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 3 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time 329 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the machine to jam or malfunction e e e e e e e e e e e Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m Paper that is too thick plain paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m except for Canon genuine paper Plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc 330 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes
399. justing Contrast 417 Overview of the Printer Driver gt gt Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use Printer Driver 418 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Printer Driver Types On Windows Vista SP1 or later you can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the regular printer driver The XPS printer driver is suited to print from an application software that supports XPS printing D Important e To use the XPS printer driver the standard printer driver must already be installed on your computer Installing the Printer Driver e To install the regular printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then install the driver from Start Setup Again e To install the XPS printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then select XPS Driver from Add Software Spec
400. k Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens 377 4 Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File Select the target bitmap file bmp and then click Open 5 Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window Intensity Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider Moving the slider to the right darkens the background and moving the slider to the left lightens the background To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 6 Save the background Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears DJ Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 7 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Changing and Registering Some Background Settings 1 Select the background for which the settings are to be changed Select the Background check box in the Stamp Background dialog box Then from the list select the title of the background you want
401. k environment from IJ Scan Utility Network Scan Settings Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Scan Utility Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Scan Utility gt IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility 524 Easy Scanning with Auto Scan You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type Important e The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames scan areas in whole image view of ScanGear scanner driver and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc e Thin items e Thick items 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on 2 Place items on the platen of your scanner or printer Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 3 Start lJ Scan Utility 4 Click Auto series a 2 oa Scanning starts D Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan To apply suitable corrections based on the item type click Settings then select the Apply recommended image correction checkbox in the Settings Auto Scan dialog box e Scanned images are sav
402. k to change the network settings 803 1 Select Applications from Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Tool and then drag Canon IJ Network Tool icon into Trash 2 Restart computer Empty the Trash and restart your computer Note e To reinstall IJ Network Tool uninstall IJ Network Tool and install it again from the Canon website 804 Errors and Messages gt An Error Occurs Message Appears Error Message Appears on PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 805 An Error Occurs If an error occurs in printing for example if the paper runs out or jams a troubleshooting message appears automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When an error occurs the Alarm lamp flashes and a support code error number appears on the computer screen For some errors the ON lamp and the Alarm lamp flashes alternately Check the status of the lamps and the message and take the appropriate action Support Code Corresponding to Number of Flashes of Alarm Lamp Example of 2 times flashing 0 A s ee SS ea ee A B A B A Flashes B Goes off 2 flashes Machine is out of paper or paper does not feed Paper size in print settings and size of loaded paper do not match perea fe o Ink absorber is almost full 3 flashes Paper output tray is closed so Paper is jammed in paper output slot 00 1003 2100 2101 1250 1300 1303 1304 1687 1401 1403
403. l 2 Select printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration on Settings menu 4 Click Admin Password tab The Admin Password sheet is displayed Weeless LAN Admin Password V Use admin password Password Password Confiemation For more on the Admin Password sheet see Admin Password Sheet 5 Change or check settings To use an administrator password select the Use admin password check box and enter a password D Important e The password should consist of 4 to 32 alphanumeric characters The password is case sensitive Do not forget the password you set If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to return the password to the default setting 6 Click OK A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed 256 Monitoring Wireless Network Status D gt Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select printer in Printers 3 Select Status on View menu The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance Device Status Available 1 Signal Strength Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging fro
404. l Screen 706 OT If Searching for machine over a network make sure machine is associated with a port Windows If No Driver appears under Name in IJ Network Tool the machine is not associated with a port Select Associate Port in the Settings menu to associate a port with the machine When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port GA Make sure machine and wireless router network settings match See instruction manual provided with wireless router or contact its manufacturer to check wireless router settings and then modify machine settings to match Setting an Encryption Key Check for obstructions Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Move the machine and wireless router as necessary To check the radio status For Windows Monitoring Wireless Network Status e For Mac OS Monitoring Wireless Network Status CL Make sure the machine is not placed too far away from the wireless router The machine can be up to 50 m 164 ft from the wireless router indoors Make sure the machine is close enough to the wireless router to be used To check the radio status e For Windows Monitoring Wireless Network Status For Mac OS Monitoring Wireless Network Status SGAM Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby
405. lable Microsoft SHRFAX 4 Select printer to associate with port The list of the printers that the printer driver is installed is displayed at Printer on the Associate Port screen Select a printer to associate with a created port 5 Click OK 304 Te chnical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained gt A e Access point mode The machine is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no wireless router is available You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode direct connection Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No wireless router is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings e AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA WPA2 Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing Authentication Method The method that a wireless router uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other 305 When using WEP as an encr
406. large or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software Scaled Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed Specify the size in Printer Paper Size or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box Scaling Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print Page Layout Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper Specify Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on page layout printing 441 Tiling Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter such as a poster Specify Opens the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on tiling poster printing Booklet The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center Specify Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on booklet printing Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper Check this check box to print the docum
407. larm lamp flashes 14 times 3 Press Color button To disable the function press the Black button D2 Note e You can select whether you turn the machine on automatically from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver No matter how you set the mode the mode is applied when you perform printing or scanning operations from the computer For Windows you can select whether you turn the machine on automatically from ScanGear scanner driver Turning off Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the machine for a specified period of time 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Press and hold Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 13 times 3 Press Color button To disable the function press the Black button Note e You can select whether you turn off the machine automatically from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver From the printer driver you can specify the time before turning off the machine e For Windows you can select whether you turn off the machine automatically from ScanGear scanner driver From ScanGear scanner driver you can specify the time before turning off the machine 234 Initializing Machine Settings You can initialize the machine settings Important e For Windows When using the machine over wireless LAN note that initialization erases all netwo
408. layed the icon changes to Whole Image 2 Set Destination 3 Set Output Size according to purpose Invert aspect ratio will be enabled when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible Click this button to rotate the cropping frame Click again to return it to the original orientation 4 Adjust the cropping frames 602 Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image You can also create two or more cropping frames If an area is not specified the document will be scanned at the document size Auto Crop If an area is specified only the portion in the specified area will be scanned Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 5 Set Image corrections as required 6 Click Scan Areas framed by broken lines are scanned J Note e A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box 603 Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance Adjusting Brightness and Contrast Adjusting Histogram Adjusting Tone Curve gt Setting Threshold 604 Correcting Images Unsharp Mask Reduce Dust and Scratches Fading Correction etc The Image Settings functions on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear
409. le to identify specific customers using this information Before you transfer ownership or dispose of a printer that supports a color LCD monitor select Device settings gt Reset setting gt Reset all and delete your login name and password For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in To Those Living in Mainland China e PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Easy PhotoPrint and some functions of PIXMA MAXIFY Printing Solutions which are included with this machine are provided by Canon Inc However as the server is installed outside of mainland China some of these services may not be available yet Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing using a service provided by Canon 1 2 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for perso
410. lick Connect 41 cuteesle Tail Choose a wireless network De Petros neomat ka Cd an bem n the ht below to connect to a greiss network n range or to get more rionn SZ Setup a wireless retreert a for a tome or smal office H LS seorty amabied neies nett WPA will 2 ore Li Securty qrabled rar eias nebwerk CNPA will p e Ss ee a Sout enabled nar oes network ssa g The network MEDEE requires a network key akso called a WEP hey or WPA key A network key helps prevent unknown intruders from connecting to this network Type the hey and then click Connect seeeeeee 7 When connection is complete click Back until the screen below appears Proceed with the setup Start Setup Starting the setup needed to use the mactiwe fom the computer Folow the orrecreen netructions This sofas slows pou to ues the machr fore the compuner Useful Softeare V bwisi e ol eee na o ee Pe mee re arvana Orting Marsal SR Masi car be checked orire See heptano kard on hiet Langage Exit a 42 Restrictions When connecting another device while a device Such as a smartphone is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wi
411. licking the corresponding icon Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name Note e Refer to Network Scan Settings for how to set up a network environment Auto Detects the item type automatically and saves them to a computer The data format for saving will also be set automatically Save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Auto Scan dialog box Document Scans items as documents and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Document Scan dialog box Photo Scans items as photos and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Photo Scan dialog box Custom Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer The item type can be automatically detected Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Custom Scan dialog box 547 Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image Scan save settings and the response after
412. lider to adjust the contrast Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image thus softening the image Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image thus sharpening the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Resolution DPI Enter the resolution Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi Resolution Picture type Select the type of scan you want for your item Reset Click to restore the original settings 6 Click Preview to preview the image The preview image appears on the right Drag ll to specify the scan area 7 Click Next and follow the instructions 677 IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen IJ Network Scanner Selector EX allows you to select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your computer or the operation panel After installation IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears in the notification area on the desktop Important e If you cannot scan over a network download and upgrade to the latest MP Drivers from our website e While IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is enabled it periodically transmits packets to check whether it can communicate with your scanner or printer over the network When using the computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up your scanner or printer disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Note e If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on th
413. ligning the Print Head Position Automatically Windows Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically Mac OS 174 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle J Note If the remaining ink level is low the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the front tray 3 Open the output tray extension open the paper output tray then extend the paper output support 4 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes once then release it immediately The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern 175 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B C Number of sheets printed so far If there are missing lines in the pattern A Cleaning the print head is required D E D Good E Bad lines are missing If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern B Cleaning the print head is require
414. ll be displayed 4 Threshold Set the boundary threshold at which black and white are divided By adjusting the threshold level you can sharpen text in a document or reduce show through in newspapers Setting Threshold Custom You can name and save a set of tone curve and threshold settings of the Color Adjustment Buttons Select Add Delete from the pull down menu when Color Mode is set to anything but Black and White the Add Delete Tone Curve Settings dialog box opens when Color Mode is Black and White the Add Delete Threshold Settings dialog box opens 649 Enter Setting Name and click Add the name appears in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List Click Save to save To delete an item select it in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List and click Delete Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List You can load and apply the saved tone curve threshold settings to a preview image To load the settings select the saved item from the pull down menu DJ Note e Save up to 20 items Defaults Reset all adjustments saturation color balance brightness contrast histogram and tone curve 650 Preferences Dialog Box In the Preferences dialog box you can make advanced settings to ScanGear scanner driver functions via the Scanner Preview Scan and Color Settings tabs Click Preferences in the ScanGear screen to open the Pr
415. llation is complete click OK IJ Scan Utility is deleted DJ Note e In Windows 8 1 and Windows 8 a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions Windows 7 Windows Vista WN From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features Double click Canon IJ Scan Utility When a confirmation appears click Yes When uninstallation is complete click OK IJ Scan Utility is deleted D Note e In Windows 7 and Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions Windows XP WN From the Start menu select Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Select Canon IJ Scan Utility then click Change Remove When a confirmation appears click Yes When uninstallation is complete click OK IJ Scan Utility is deleted 775 Step 3 Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility from the Setup CD ROM or the web page 776 Q Scanned Image Does Not Open A If the data format is not supported by th
416. ller you bought it from or your nearest Canon service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the machine yourself If you attempt to repair or take apart the machine your warranty will be invalidated even if it has not expired Before contacting the service center note the following e Product name Your machine s name is written on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number see setup manual Details of problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened 818 List of Support Code for Error Support code appears on your computer screen when errors occur A support code is an error number and appears along with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate action in response Support Code Appears on Computer Screen e 1000 to 1ZZZ 1003 1200 1202 1250 1300 1303 1304 1310 1401 1403 1485 1486 1487 1682 1684 1686 1687 1688 1702 1703 1704 1705 1712 1713 1714 1715 1890 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2100 2101 2102 2103 2900 2901 e 3000 to 3ZZZ 3402 3403 3405 3412 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4103 5000 to 5ZZZ 5011 5012 5050 5100 5200 5400 5B02 5B03 5B04 5B05 5B12 5B13 e 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6500 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 B205 819 For paper jam sup
417. llowing resolutions can be specified 150 dpi 300 dpi 600 dpi Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness Move it to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 100 to 100 Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image thus softening the image Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image thus sharpening the image You can also enter a value 100 to 100 Preview or scan images as separate files Select this checkbox to preview or scan multiple images as separate files Important When using the scanner or printer with network connection you cannot specify Brightness Contrast and Preview or scan images as separate files Click Preview to preview the image The preview image appears on the right Click Scan Scanning starts then the scanned image appears in the application Scanning with WIA Driver 1 0 The following is an example of scanning using Paint 1 Place the item on the platen Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer 2 Click From scanner or camera from the File menu of Paint Select the command to scan an item in the application 673 Note e If you have more than one scanner or printer a scanner selection screen may appear Double click the scanner you want to use For USB connection Canon XXX series where XXX is the model na
418. log box is displayed select Envelope Com 10 Envelope DL Yougata 4 4 13 x9 25 or Yougata 6 3 86 x7 48 and then click OK 5 Set the orientation To print the addressee horizontally select Landscape for Orientation A 6 Select the print quality Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality 7 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the information is printed on the envelope 380 Important When you execute envelope printing guide messages are displayed To hide the guide messages check the Do not show this message again check box To show the guide again click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab and start the Canon lJ Status Monitor Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting 381 Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing 1 Load postcard on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab and for Commonly Used Settings select Standard 4 Select the media type For Media Type select Ink Jet Hagaki A Ink Jet Hagaki Hagaki K A Hagaki K Hagaki A or Hagaki gt Important e This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached e When printing on each side of a postcard separately you will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print
419. lor Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set taniydi OQsm Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m rvs Morus Cl Grayscale Printing D Preview betore panting The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust color balance 402 4 There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK y ABCDEF 1234567 Sergio Tygo Randerd v ew Color Patten Pryt a patien for color adustmert Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance gt Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color
420. lug it back in and turn it on again If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 793 Q Power Shuts Off By Itself A If machine is set to turn off automatically after a certain time disable this setting If you have set the machine to turn off automatically after a specified time the power will shut off by itself once that time has elapsed e If you are using a Windows and if you do not want the machine to turn off automatically Open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power in Maintenance sheet select Disable for Auto Power Off e If you are using a Mac OS and if you do not want the machine to turn off automatically Open Canon lJ Printer Utility select Power Settings in the pop up menu and then select Disable for Auto Power Off on Auto Power Note e You can also enable the machine to turn on off automatically from the operation panel Turning on off Machine Automatically e If you are using a Windows you can also enable the machine to turn on off automatically from ScanGear scanner driver Scanner Tab 794 USB Connection Problems Q Printing or Scanning Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work This device can perform faster Message Appears Windows A If your system environment does not support Hi Speed USB the machine operates at the slower speed of USB 1 1 In this case the machine works properly but printing or scanni
421. m 0 to 100 2 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 4 If you measure connection performance in detail click Advanced Measurement The Connection Performance Measurement screen is displayed 5 Click Next gt The measurement starts and the status displays Measurement takes a few minutes 257 Check that the printer is tumed on and click Ned When the connection performance ia poor place the printer closer to the wireless router and remove any interfering objects between them Poor connection patormance wil cause unstable operation such as slow printing R wil take a couple of minutae to meaeure the connection perfomance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Gack Laio i Canoe 6 Check status When the measurement is complete the status is displayed Connection perfomance between the panter and the wireless roter ssueeess su SSSUUSEESEREE coi Oik Ramaasuremeri to measure the petomance agan When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router the printer can communicate with the wireless router Otherwise refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link and click Remeasurement e Check that the printer and t
422. me e For network connection XXX series_MAC address where XXX is the model name 3 Select the type of picture according to the item to be scanned Select from Color picture Grayscale picture Black and white picture or text and Custom Settings DJ Note When using the scanner or printer with network connection the options for the type of picture may differ from those displayed with USB connection e To scan with the values previously set in Adjust the quality of the scanned picture select Custom Settings 4 Click Adjust the quality of the scanned picture and set the preferences as required Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness Move it to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image thus softening the image Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image thus sharpening the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Resolution DPI Enter the resolution Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi Resolution DJ Note e When using the scanner or printer with network connection the following resolutions can be specified 150 dpi 300 dpi 600 dpi Picture type Select the type of scan you want for your item Reset Click to restore the original settings Important When using the scanner or printer wit
423. me of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab in the search window and perform a search 24 Using the Machine Printing Photos from a Computer gt Copying Originals 25 Printing Photos from a Computer This section describes how to print photos with My Image Garden This section uses windows displayed when the Windows 8 1 operating system hereinafter referred to as Windows 8 1 is used 1 Open the front cover A 2 Extend the paper support B 3 Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the front tray so 4 Align the paper guides with the paper width 5 Open the output tray extension C 6 Open the paper output tray D 7 Extend the paper output support E 8 Click the My Image Garden icon F in Quick Menu The Guide Menu screen is displayed D Note e The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region the registered printer scanner and the installed applications 9 Click the Photo Print icon G 10 Click the folder H with photos you want to print 27 11 Click the photos I you want to print For Windows To select two or more photos at a time click photos while pressing the Ctrl key For Mac OS To select two or more photos at a time click photos while pressing the command key 12 Click Print J 13 Specify the
424. me or your application s name all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narrow down the search results add your product s model name or your application s name to the keywords Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in the search window and perform a search Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error screen appears Enter your product s model name 1003 in the search window and perform a search 23 Suppt Code 1003 Paper has an at Meda Type Plain Paper Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 22c28em gt J Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Ho
425. measurement check whether other computers are not accessing the printer r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement and restart the IJ Network Tool to start over the measurement 7 Click Finish DJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and wireless router as instructed on the screen to improve the performance 259 Changing Settings in Direct Connection gt Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Depending on the printer you are using Direct connection may be referred to as Access point mode in the manuals e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select Set up printer s direct connection on Settings menu The Direct Connection Setup of the Printer screen is displayed 3 Check displayed message and click Next gt For the method to change the printer settings to cableless setup mode click Onetructions Atter changing to cableless setup mode chick Next To set up the wweless LAN you need to change the printer settings to cabblece setup mode You will mot be able to use the network connection temporarily during setup Instructions 4 If User Account Control screen is displayed click Yes The Select Printer screen is displayed DJ Note e If only one printer is available for changing the settings
426. med paper is under FINE cartridge holder If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder move the FINE cartridge holder to the far right or left whichever makes it easier to remove the paper When moving the FINE cartridge holder hold the top of the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to the far right or left 830 6 Make sure all jammed paper is removed If the paper tears when you pull out it a bit of paper may remain in the machine Check the following and remove any remaining paper e Any paper left under the FINE cartridge holder Any small bits of paper left in the machine Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces B in the machine 7 Close paper output cover and reload paper All jobs in the print queue are canceled Redo the printing Note e When reloading the paper make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly If a paper jam message appears on your computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper there may be some paper still inside the machine Check the machine again for any remaining bits of paper If the measures above do not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 832 Other Cases Check the following Is anything blocking paper output slot ee IS paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl 833 1003 Cause Machine is out of paper or paper does not f
427. ment Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box Note e Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source Apply Auto Document Fix Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability J Important e Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected e The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Correct fading Corrects and scans photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast Reduce gutter shadow Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets D Important e For precautions on using this function refer to Gutter Shadow Correction Color Pattern Allows you to adjust the image s overall color You can correct colors that have faded due to colorcast etc and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern 627 Important e This setting is not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box Perform Scan Scan Starts scanning Note e When scanning starts the progress will be displayed Click Cancel to cancel the scan Preferences Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan
428. n 6 econ ede tde ka rpa REE RR 297 ASSOC SIS PON SCC apna and ec ie Kado heeds RANE we ea dake dae wanes 299 Network Information SCreet ccsccheuse ews on Peas RR EME EO ShR REE Eee aN ee Seas 300 Network Communication NBSi i 0055 ii1denu cath doe o Awad oan eed dede anges s oes d awake 301 Using Card Slot Over NGIWOMKS lt c 0sc ncn 5 4 Red ad ae a tepi dka aden dee wed hom oa 302 When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port 0 0 0 0 00000 c cece eee ee en eee 304 Technical Terms 22440400 ss 4ee eevee eae ee ee eR r ee Eee eo et 305 RESINCUONS 2252 teehee ech e hed ddan dats die Bat A ah ek De a 312 Firewall 225s acnbe ede eee dd ee Gee ee PRR GEES eek d Sx ee ee ee ee eee ee 313 E nsunng Optimal Priming Results sesccsssispiririrbipiii radiada r ESIH 314 INE TDS sirane nin arn deere a Sada E A E teas EE E EAE ETEA EEE 315 PO P earren iket BU AD Sadr aA a a e pa de deme Gem Aas 316 Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper eee ee eee TLETT oe hack aa EET TE Canceling a Pim doD eso 403 0244 4950 SHREDS ASAT a a A e DEH 318 Keeping Print Quality High TESES kishida TTPO Pandagon ea ETT eee jesado oe Tansporing YOW FTM OG ox soo ca6 00g nnd ood SEN REO Hea SRE AE Odd HR Ts AES OMe SADA 320 Legal Restrictions on Scanning Copying 4264ekeei sus ieee eeeeese ee eewe ees 321 POGUES 2 o5400 6s SP ds dwt etsenesseht ered sab ded eakadeds see eebew s 322 Information about Paper en ea er rc ere ar ae
429. n 293 Connection Performance Measurement Screen gt Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays to execute the connection performance measurement Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Click Next gt to start measurement performance the wireless router and display whether is sutable for pring Check that the printer is tumed on and click Nexd When the connection performance ia poor place the printer closer to the wireless router and remove any interfering objects between them Poor perfomance wil cause unstable operation such as slow printing wil take a couple of min tee to maasure the conmaction perfomance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Displays when the measurement is finished Connection perfomance between the printer and the wireless rater seueeene su SSDUSSEEREEEE 294 1 Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the wireless router Good connection performance A Unstable connection performance Q Cannot connect Q Measurement is canceled or cannot measure 2
430. n check the version and copyright information 460 Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen You can click this button while spooling Print Page Information Screen Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Important If the media type and paper source are set from the application software those settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type You can select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source You can select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed 461 Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages The preview also allows you to edit the pri
431. n and selecting Setup gt Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service e You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address 8 Check that you received blank e mail and then select Yes 73 Preparation for registration Did the e mail client start automatically and was a blank e mail sent If it was sent select Yes lf it was not sent select No 9 Follow instructions in screen display and select OK The registration page URL will be sent to the registered e mail address Preparation for registration Accepted the registration work An e mail for completing the registration work will be sent to the entered e mail address Receive the e mail and continue with the registration work Access the URL in the e mail Register the Information and Complete the User Registration 1 Check that e mail containing URL has been sent to registered e mail address and access URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if y
432. n inside of machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning DJ Note e During borderless printing duplex printing or too much printing ink may stain the inside of the machine 754 Q Vertical Line Next to Image A Is loaded paper size correct If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified a vertical line may appear in the margin Set the paper size to match the loaded paper Print Results Are Unsatisfactory 22 Note e The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting e This machine performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper it may get onto the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size 755 Q Uneven or Streaked Colors Uneven Colors POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOODOOO OO DODO DOOOOOOOOOOR Streaked Colors A Check paper and print quality settings Print Results Are Unsatisfactory GGA Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as print head cleaning Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles For details on printing the nozzle check pattern print head cleaning and print head deep cleaning see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven e
433. nal and non commercial purposes 49 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer gt Before Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Registering Printer Information to PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link gt Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting 50 Before Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand e Printer Specifications The printer must support a color LCD monitor Your printer may not support the scan function The printer must support the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Some models do not support this function To check whether your model supports this function see Models that Support Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet If your printer is not connected to a LAN see here and set one up For information on the LAN and Internet settings see the manual of your network devices or contact the manufacturer gt Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Registering Printer Information to PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Copyright c 1991 2015 Unicode Inc All rights reserved Distributed under the Terms of Use in http www unicode org copyright html This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
434. nd PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Print date amp Default Off No printing Date File No Both Off file no Image Default Auto photo fix 1 On Auto photo fix 1 Off Red Eye correction 2 optimize 1 The scene or person s face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print It also analyzes a scene such as scenery night scene person etc and corrects each scene with the most suitable color brightness or contrasts automatically to print 2 Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Default Off No trimming On follow the camera s setting Off 512 Copying r 2 Making Copies on Plain Paper WBasics 79 Switching Page Size between A4 and Letter 513 Copying from Smartphone Tablet Making Copies on Plain Paper Load the original on the platen glass to copy on A4 sized plain paper 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Load original on platen glass 4 Press Paper button to light upper Paper lamp Note e You can switch the size of paper loaded in the front tray between A4 and Letter Switching Page Size between A4 and Letter 5
435. nd Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab and select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab Note If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values factory settings Custom dialog box Set the quality level and select the desired print quality Quality You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Note e The High Standard or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar Therefore when the slider bar is moved the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab 435
436. nd then Wi Fi button in this order 236 Network Connection Network Connection Tips 237 Network Connection Tips Default Network Settings gt Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen Connect Cable Screen gt Another Printer Found with Same Name Connecting to Another Computer via LAN Changing from USB to LAN Connection Printing Network Settings 238 Default Network Settings LAN Connection Defaults a ee E Wireless LAN security XXXXXX represents last six digits of machine s MAC address Access Point Mode Defaults SSID access point name 1 XXXXXX MG3600series Security setting WPA2 PSK AES 1 XXXXXX represents last six digits of machine s MAC address 2 Default value depends on machine 239 Another Printer Found with Same Name When the printer is found during setup other printers with the same name may appear on the results screen Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen e For Windows Check the printer s MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results e For Mac OS The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by Bonjour Check identifiers such as the MAC address the printer name specified by Bonjour and the printer s serial number to select the printer from among those that appear Note e Serial number may not appear on result
437. nd try printing again Increasing the print quality using the printer driver may improve the print result 746 Q Lines Incomplete or Missing Windows A Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use thin lines may not be printed Try thickening the lines in the document ei Is print data extremely large Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears This may reduce print quality 747 Q Images Incomplete or Missing Windows A Select setting not to compress printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK Clear the check box once printing is complete ei Is print data extremely large Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears This may reduce print quality 748 Q Ink Blots Paper Curl Ink Blots Paper Curl Check paper and print quality settings Print Results Are Unsatisfactory If intensity is set high reduce intensity setting and try printing again
438. nderexposure High contrast Reverse the negative positive image and Edit custom curve No correction No adjustment Overexposure Convex curve The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side resulting in a bright toned image when viewed on a monitor tte be Underexposure Concave curve The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the shadow of the output side resulting in a dark toned image when viewed on a monitor High contrast S curve The highlight and shadow of the input side are enhanced resulting in a high contrast image Reverse the negative positive image Downward sloping line The input and output sides are reversed resulting in a negative positive inverted image 620 Edit custom curve You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas 621 Setting Threshold You can sharpen text in a document or reduce show through in newspapers by adjusting the threshold level via 4 Threshold in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Note This function is available when Color Mode is Black and White e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Adjusting Threshold The brightness of color and grayscale images is expressed in a value between 0 and 255 However in creating black and white images all colors are mapped to either black 0 or w
439. ndesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein pi This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2012 19 EU and national legislation This product should
440. ne s owner changes or if you want to re register the machine delete it from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below The machine can be deleted from Google Cloud Print with the following two methods Deletion Using Google Chrome Deletion Using Other Web Browser Important e LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply Deletion Using Google Chrome 1 Start Google Chrome browser on your computer 2 Select Sign in to Chrome from Chrome menu 3 Log in to your Google account 4 Select Settings from Chrome menu 5 Select Show advanced settings to display information 6 Select Manage for Google Cloud Print 7 Select Manage next Canon MG3600 series on device list 8 Select Delete 9 When confirmation message for deleting machine appears select OK Deletion Using Other Web Browser 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Display printer status on web browser 3 Select Web service connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 4 When confirmation screen to delete machine is displayed select Yes 491 Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with Mac Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone iPad iPod touch or Mac AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from iPhone iPad iPod touch and Mac without
441. nected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The wireless router is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure the printer is turned on and click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable and click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition 265 39 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 171 B 84 Ee J View Settings Help Panters Name Update Configuration F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a painter to be visible on the network afier R is tumad on Please wait a wh
442. nects the printer to the wireless LAN with a wireless router Direct Connection Connects external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets to the printer using it as an access point wireless router Note e When Direct Connection is displayed on Network Type you cannot change the settings on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet e You can change or check the settings from Set up printer s direct connection on the Settings menu when you use the printer with the direct connection access point mode Changing Settings in Direct Connection 2 SSID The network name SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed DJ Note Enter the same SSID that the wireless router is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive In the direct connection access point mode the access point name SSID of the printer is displayed 270 As the initial settings the unique value is displayed Search The Search screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to Search Screen DJ Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN Do not use Select to disable encryption Use WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a
443. ner or printer the color tones are adjusted as shown below Example When sRGB is selected as the output profile target Input Profile Source Scanner ScanGear Scanner Driver t Output Profile Target sRGB OS Application Application Printer Driver Monitor Printer The image s color space is converted from the scanner s color space to SRGB by ScanGear When displaying on a monitor the image s color space is converted from SRGB to the monitor s color space based on the operating system s monitor settings and the application s working space settings When printing the image s color space is converted from sRGB to the printer s color space based on the application s print settings and the printer driver s settings 686 Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly D Important Do not place objects on the document cover When you open the document cover the objects may fall into your scanner or printer resulting in malfunction e Close the document cover when scanning Placing Items Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically J Important e When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear scanner driver align an upper corner of the item
444. ng Center 064 siceccseu sadua didad ocd naadandeaau nana 92 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window PETE ea BA eh lh BB Bic Rae a ie 96 POTS PUM eera gas ee eedh A Bia RS a RR Gd aR eR ore eda ahah Bate cee 133 Adding a PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link User 0 00 0c eee 135 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center asasan aaaea 140 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY 143 Pining witi Ce ig at ek eneees eens eendes bend chs dda Oem ERE 144 Checking Printer Information occccasacastcdatdennnoneeeeas seed isielasasebsa 145 Handling Paper Originals FINE Cartridges etc 00000 ee 148 Rech ed F oo Se eee eee eee eee ee eee ee ee ee eee eee ee eee 149 Loading Plain Paper Photo Papehii t lt 4i0oh 044 eee rrapi kae 2844 OEE eee Eee e eee 150 Loading ENY OPES 2 i020 Sn eel awiA Ande has sddeeeea tat Mnotr siardes wei a 154 Loading Orgona a eds dae eR OR OREM Sede eek hee doe SESE SEe eee dees 157 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass oie ce ee eed kes SAEs Sea e ee RODE eee aed 158 Originals You Can Load ee ee pt iinet ree eer rare E ee ead EROE sesana 160 How to Detach Attach the Document Cover nassa 000 nee 161 Replacing a FINE Cartnidge ssir dein core beer DENG Hi Od Oe ee eeE EEL E EEEE 162 Replacing a FINE Caries sarra 495 o4 4ua So s cdg His PED MERE SHADED HDS dO OSE DESH TS 163 Checking Ink Status TEP ET EDT TIST TETT TTEA ANET TET
445. ng is incorrect Reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website e Printing does not start even though the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select My Printer on Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on Start screen select Search charm and then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port and then select your machine s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer and then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port and then select your machine s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the machine is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you checked in step 4 and then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the Canon website ule Make sure machine is properly connected to computer If you are using a USB cable make sure it is securely conn
446. ng security we recommend you change the administrator password Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet 247 Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings D Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using e Enable the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration on Settings menu 4 Click Wireless LAN tab The Wireless LAN sheet is displayed Wireless LAN Aden Password v Network Type rhrestucture SSID errs Encryption Method Use WEP TCPAP Setup Get IP address automatically Use next IP address For more on the Wireless LAN sheet see Wireless LAN Sheet 5 Change or check settings SSID Enter the same value that was set for the target wireless router When the printer is connected with USB the Search screen appears by clicking Search Set the SS
447. ng speed may slow down due to the communication speed Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10 feet 3 meters or so e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Install the latest update for your computer e Is the Hi Speed USB driver working properly If necessary obtain and install the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver for your computer J Important e For more information contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub 795 Q Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB A SEa Make sure machine is turned on Connect USB cable properly As the illustration below the USB port is at the back of the machine Do not start IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of properties dialog box of printer driver Windows How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 796 Q Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed Windows A Is printer status monitor enabled Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor 1 Open prin
448. ng the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1 The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction and 2 appears next to it After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2 The two scanned images appear Related Topic Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 587 Scanning Using Application Software ScanGear What Is ScanGear Scanner Driver Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear Scanner Driver Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode gt Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode gt Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear Scanner Driver gt ScanGear Scanner Driver Screens Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear General Notes Scanner Driver Important e Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer 588 What Is ScanGear Scanner Driver ScanGear scanner driver is software required for scanning documents It enables you to specify the output size and make image corrections when scanning ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with a standard interface called TWAIN ScanGear is a TWAIN compatible driver What You Can
449. nge as you adjust them 609 a pag Cyan Magenta Bue Below is an example of correcting a bluish image Since Blue and Green are too strong click the Yellow and Magenta arrows to correct 3J Note e Color adjustments are applied only to the cropping frames scan areas or the frame selected in thumbnail view e You can select multiple frames or cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key e You can also select a color tone from the color pattern displayed on the left of the Color Pattern screen e You can also use this function to add a specific tint to an image Increase the magenta to add a warm tint and increase the blue to add a cool tint 610 Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance You can brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast by using Balance in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Saturation Color Note e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Saturation Adjust the image s saturation vividness You can brighten colors that have faded with time etc Move Slider under Saturation to the left to decrease the saturation darken the image and to the right to increase the saturation brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 D Note The natural color tone of the original image may be lost if you increase saturation too much Color Balance Adjust images that have a colorcast Colorca
450. ngs D gt Note e For wireless LAN connection e After you turn on the machine it may take few minutes before the machine can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Make sure the machine is connected to the wireless LAN and try printing e If Bonjour on the machine is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the machine and enable Bonjour e For other AirPrint troubleshooting see below Cannot Print Using AirPrint Checking Print Status Display the Printing Status Screen Deleting Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From machine Use Stop button to cancel the print job e From iOS device Deleting the Undesired Print Job 493 Printing from Smartphone Tablet Printing Directly from Smartphone Tablet Printing Using a Web Service 494 Printing Directly from Smartphone Tablet gt Android Print Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with iOS Device Using Machine with Access Point Mode 495 Android Print Use the Canon printing plug in Canon Print Service is a printing plug in for Android 4 4 2 or later and is available for free on Google Play Installing and activating the plug in enables your Android smartphone or tablet to print to a Canon printer over a wireless LAN Printing via Mopria You can print to a Canon printer from a Mopria compatible Android smartphone or tablet over a wireless LAN See the M
451. nitor uses graphics icons and messages to let you know the printer status Canon IJ Status Monitor Features The Canon lJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages You can check the status of the printer on the screen The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time You can check the printing progress of each printing document print job Error types and solutions are shown on the screen Shown when a printer error occurs You can immediately check how to respond You can check the ink status This function displays graphics showing the FINE cartridge type and the estimated ink levels Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low ink level warning Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing When a printer error occurs it shows the cause and solution Follow the instruction in the message Printer Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer Indicates that a warning operator call error has occurred or the printer is working There has been an error which requires a service FINE cartridge Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a low ink warning or a no ink error occurs In addition this function displays graphics showing the estimated ink levels of the
452. nnect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30365 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 203 Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause u
453. nning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported gt Note e The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box as required When setting is completed click OK 3 Click Stitch The Image Stitch window appears 4 In Select Output Size select an output size according to the paper size 5 Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction 529 X Q S SS pr Select Output Size a3 ax Sean Ovecton Scan Image 1 3 Scan Image 2 Stort Scanning Image Z iD Adust copping fames O 6 Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face down on the platen 7 Click Start Scanning Image 1 pr Select Output Size Sean Ovecton scan from Left l O some Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 The first item is scanned and appears in 1 J Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 8 Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face down on the platen 530 9 Click Start Scanning Image 2 Start Scanning
454. not be found on the above list tum on the printer and click Update 3 tthe printer could not still be found select Setting printer could not be found on the list and the click Next Back to Top Perform setup following the instructions on the screen 703 Q Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen Connect Cable Screen A If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen or the Connect Cable screen check the following Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to machine and computer Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located at the back of the machine Check the items below only if you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen ei Follow procedure below to connect machine and computer again gt Important e For Mac OS make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers amp Scanners screen Print amp Scan screen in Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 If the icon locked is displayed click the icon to unlock The administrator name and the password are necessary to unlock 1 Turn off machine 2 Unplug USB cable from machine and computer and connect it again 3 Turn on machine VESA If you cannot resolve problem follow procedure below to reinstall MP Drivers 1 Click Cancel 2 Click Start Over on Installation Failure screen 3 Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup 4
455. not even the shadow will not be corrected properly e How to place the document depends on your model and the document to be scanned Note e Cover the document with black cloth if white spots streaks or colored patterns appear in scan results due to ambient light entering between the document and the Platen If the shadow is not corrected properly adjust the cropping frame scan area on the preview image 646 Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 647 Color Adjustment Buttons The Color Adjustment Buttons allow you to make fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones including adjustments to the image s overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values histogram or balance tone curve fedeg Correcton Gran Correcton Gutter Dadon Correction 33 Important The Color Adjustment Buttons are not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box 3J Note e Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings e When you adjust the image via the Color Adjustment Buttons the results will be reflected in the preview image Click a Color Adjustment Button to set the following items Saturation Color Balance Adjust the saturation vividness and color tone of the image Use this function to brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color a
456. nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly After performing the print head cleaning print the nozzle check pattern and examine the pattern If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice Perform print head deep cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge CXL When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink replace it with a new one When using paper with one printable surface make sure paper is loaded with printable side facing down Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing down Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side Is FINE cartridge installed properly If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely ink may not be ejected correctly Open the paper output cover and the head cover opens Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly 743 After making sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly close the paper output cover If the problem is not resolved remove the FINE cartridges and install them again For more on installing the FINE cartridges se
457. nt When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically When printing from a smartphone tablet computer or other external device by using Google Cloud Print load paper into the machine in advance You can print with Google Cloud Print with the following two methods e Printing via internet LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required Sending Print Data via Internet e Printing without going through internet Local network connection with the machine or enabling machine s access point mode is required Enabling Bonjour on the machine is required Sending Print Data without Going through Internet D gt Note Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the machine may not receive the print data e While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the machine s status such as when the machine is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the machine s status and print with Google Cloud Print again e For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 or Letter size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting e If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 size as paper size the print data is printed with bor
458. nt e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Gutter Shadow Correction Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets 645 When you set the Gutter Shadow Correction setting in the preview image the result will be reflected Preview the effects before scanning as results vary depending on the type of document and how it is pressed Unclear or blurred text lines caused by curved pages are not corrected None Gutter shadow will not be corrected Low Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting Important e You can set Gutter Shadow Correction after preview Do not place objects that weigh 4 4 Ibs 2 0 kg or more on the platen Also do not press on the document with a force exceeding 4 4 Ibs 2 0 kg If you press heavily the scanner may not work correctly or you might break the glass Align the document with the edge of the Platen If not the shadow will not be corrected properly e Shadows may not be corrected properly depending on the document If the page background is not white shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all e While scanning press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview the scan If the binding part is
459. nt document edit the print pages change the print settings and perform other functions When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Eile Egt Yew Zoom Option Help 3 G a xm Qocumem Name Sus Page information Layout Manual Color Adjustment test Noteped Printer Paper Sue Letter 8 5 x11 22x28cm Media Type Pisin Paper Paper Source Frore Tray Page Layout Noemal size C Grayscale Printing C Duptex Printing File Menu Selects print operation and print history settings Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes This command has the same function as Print on the toolbar and the Print in the print settings area Print All Documents Prints all documents in the document list and closes the Canon IJ XPS Preview Save Print History Switches whether the documents printed from the Canon IJ XPS Preview are to be saved as print history entries History Entry Limit Switches the maximum number of print history registrations Select 10 Entries 30 Entries or 100 Entries 462 Important e If the limit
460. o be displayed Documents Use the following command to select the document to display First Document Displays the first document in the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Document Displays the document located before the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Document Displays the document located after the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Document Displays the last document in the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Pages Use the following command to select the page to be displayed Note If the Page Layout setting in the printer driver is specified to Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command i
461. o delete the specified printing profile Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Additional Features Displays the frequently used convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed a description of that function is displayed To enable a function check the corresponding check box For some functions you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs Important Depending on the printing profiles certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them 2 on 1 Printing Prints two pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears spec
462. o sort the pages into their correct order after printing Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order starting from the first page 442 Collate Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function give priority to the printer driver settings However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print Options Opens the Print Options dialog box Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications Stamp Background Stamp Opens the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be u
463. old down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes eight times then release it immediately The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again 197 Note When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions inside the machine may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like gt Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine 198 Overview Safety e Safety Precautions e Regulatory Information Main Components and Their Use e Main Components e Power Supply Changing Settings e Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Windows e Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Mac OS e Changing Settings from Operation Panel Initializing Machine Settings e Disabling Wireless LAN Function Network Connection e Network Connection Tips Network Communication Windows e Checking and Changing Network Settings e IJ Network Tool Network Connection e IJ Network Tool Other Screens e Network Communication Tips Network Communication Mac OS e Checking and Changing Network Settings e Network Communication Tips Ensuring Optimal Printing Results e Ink Tips e Printing Tip
464. om 2 On the Login screen enter the E mail address and Password and then select Log in gt Important e The e mail address and password are case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account About this service E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Important e If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for about the next 60 minutes e You remain logged in for 60 minutes after the last access e The service may not function properly if you log in by using the same e mail address from multiple devices at the same time After logging in you can use useful services such as adding managing apps that work in conjunction with this product s cloud functionality and checking the ink status For screen descriptions and operation instructions see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Printing procedure This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example 92 Important The available functions differ depending on the app T
465. ommunications pass through a wireless router IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by a wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive 307 o Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f e Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key L e Link Quality The status of the connection between the wireless router and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 e LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It does not support bidirectional communication M MAC Address Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as
466. omp to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background Preview Window Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file bmp to be used as the background Layout Method Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position Intensity Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 450 J Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available e Click Defaults to set File to blank Layout Method to Fill page and the Intensity slider to the middle Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background Title Enter the title to save the background image you specified Up to 64 characters can be entered J Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Backgrounds Shows a list of registered background titles Specify a title to display the co
467. omplete the e Delete unnecessary files on the hard disk and scan again Scanner driver will be closed 206 The scanner is not available while in use by another e Exit the ScanGear in use application or user Scanner is not selected e With network connection specify the Click Scanner Selection to select scanner scanner to use with IJ Network Scanner driver will be closed Scanner Selector EX Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure IJ Network Scanner Selector cannot be found Delete MP Drivers then reinstall MP Reinstall scanner driver Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or Scanner driver will be closed the web page Refer to Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers An error has occurred e Turn the device off and then back on Turn the device off and then back on Scanner driver will be closed Cannot write or read file e Exit running applications check that there is sufficient free space on the hard disk then scan again 791 Mechanical Problems Power Does Not Come On Power Shuts Off By Itself USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB gt Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed Windows 792 Q Power Does Not Come On Press ON button Make sure power plug is securely connected to machine and then turn it back on Unplug machine leave it for at least 2 minutes and then p
468. ompliant with the Design rule for Camera File system and PNG files Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant Important e LAN connection with the machine is required to use this function J Note PictBridge is the Standard to print your photos directly without using a computer connecting a device such as a digital still camera digital camcorder or camera equipped mobile phone In this manual PictBridge printing with the wireless LAN connection is referred to as PictBridge Wireless LAN When printing photos with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device connected to the machine we recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device If you are using the device battery be sure to charge it fully Depending on the model or brand of your device you may have to select a print mode compliant with PictBridge Wireless LAN before connecting the device You may also have to turn on the device or select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the machine Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device before connecting it to this machine according to instructions given in the device s instruction manual 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Connect PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to machine Detect the machine with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the machine with wireless LAN
469. omputer Mac OS Scanning Using Smartphone Tablet 519 Scanning from Computer Windows gt gt Using IJ Scan Utility Scanning Using Application Software ScanGear Other Scanning Methods IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen Scanning Tips Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Network Scan Settings 520 Using IJ Scan Utility gt gt gt What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software Starting IJ Scan Utility Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basics Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen Image Stitch e Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Saving after Checking Scan Results Sending Scanned Images via E mail Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR IJ Scan Utility Screens 521 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents photos etc You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility Scan Easily according to Purposes You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Auto to scan easily Document to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability or Photo to scan with settings suitable for photos according to the it
470. on the Operation Panel You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Windows Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Mac OS 169 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel J Note e The ink level detector is mounted on the machine to detect the remaining ink level The machine considers as ink is full when a new FINE cartridge is installed and then starts to detect a remaining ink level If you install a used FINE cartridge the indicated ink level of it may not be correct In such case refer to the ink level information only as a guide e When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you of the error Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action An Error Occurs In the copy standby mode you can check the ink status with the Color Ink lamp and Black Ink lamp A Alarm lamp B Color Ink lamp C Black Ink lamp Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp lights The ink is running low Prepare a new ink cartridge The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory if printing is continued under this condition Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp flashes while Alarm lamp flashes An error has occurred An Error Occurs For some types of errors the Alarm lamp may not flash D gt Note e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Statu
471. on the network without redoing settings 802 Q Uninstalling IJ Network Tool A To uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer follow these steps For Windows For Mac OS For Windows Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can still use a network to print or scan from the computer However you cannot use the network to change the network settings e Log into a user account with administrator privileges 1 To uninstall IJ Network Tool follow these steps e Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 1 Select Control Panel from Settings charm in Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from program list and then click Uninstall If User Account Control screen appears click Continue e Windows 7 or Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from program list and then click Uninstall If User Account Control screen appears click Continue e Windows XP 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from program list and click Remove 2 When confirmation message appears click Yes When message appears saying to restart your computer click OK and restart computer For Mac OS Important Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can still use a network to print or scan from the computer However you cannot use the networ
472. on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one Add documents from history to the list Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area Edit Menu Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the EX Undo on the toolbar Documents Selects the method for editing print documents Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Combine Documents on the toolbar Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored This command has the same function as the E Reset Documents on the toolbar Move Document Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the document list Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning
473. ooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the machine and the wireless router Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference near the machine or the wireless router If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the machine or the wireless router as far away from the interference source as possible After taking measures above click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the machine If the machine is found follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication If the machine is not yet detected select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and then click Next to set up the network communication via USB 702 Q Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen A The machine could not be detected with the current setup method Select the Setting printer could not be found on the list check box and click Next The screen to show another setup method is displayed jw Setting printer could not be found on the list 1 To sete printer on the network select one from the above printers list and then click Next The senal number can be found on the back of the printer and on the Letter of Guarantee The above list displays only the Inst 5 digits of the serial number 2 Hthe setting printer could
474. opria homepage http www mopria org for details including supported devices 496 Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with iOS Device Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone iPad iPod touch or Mac AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from iPhone iPad iPod touch and Mac without the need to install drivers or download apps or software D gt Note e If you want to print using AirPrint from Mac see below Printing from an AirPrint enabled Printer with Mac AirPrint as Ss Checking Your Environment First check your environment e AirPrint Operation Environment iPhone iPad and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS e Mac running the latest version of Mac OS Connection method The iOS device or Mac and the machine must be connected to the same network over a LAN or connected directly without wireless router Printing with AirPrint from iOS Device 1 Make sure machine is turned on Note e If the machine s Auto Power On function is enabled the machine is turned on automatically when it receives the print data 2 Load paper 497 3 Tap operation icon to display menu options from applications of your iOS device The figure below is an example of when printing from the iPad web browser The screen differs depending on the devices or applications lt AR canon com amp jl a Canon w aume Contents gt Contante Jess oE
475. or Gray Balance and click the area you want to adjust the color in the preview image The clicked point will be set as the achromatic color reference and the rest of the image is adjusted accordingly For instance if snow in a photo appears bluish click the bluish part to adjust the whole image and reproduce natural colors 618 Adjusting Tone Curve You can adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph tone curve showing the balance Z of tone input and output via Tone Curve Settings in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Select Tone Gave No correction DJ Note e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel DJ Note e Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale Reading Tone Curves With ScanGear scanning images via a scanner is the input and displaying to a monitor is the output Tone Curve shows the balance of tone input and output for each Channel 619 Highlight Output brightness Shadow Highlight Input brightness Adjusting Tone Curve In Select Tone Curve select a tone curve from No correction Overexposure U
476. or guidance only Text in the image of the following types of documents may not be detected correctly Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40 points at 300 dpi Slanted documents Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation rotated characters Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with narrow line spacing Documents with colors in the background of text Documents containing multiple languages 545 IJ Scan Utility Screens gt IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog Box e e e Settings Auto Scan Dialog Box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Settings General Settings Dialog Box Save Settings Dialog Box Image Stitch Window 546 IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Scan Utility Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Scan Utility gt IJ Scan Utility to start lJ Scan Utility You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply c
477. or saving appear below the thumbnails 581 3 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important You cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages in the following cases e When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the Settings ScanGear dialog box e Start OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings Document Scan Settings Custom Scan or Settings ScanGear dialog box e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White D gt Note e With netw
478. or to gray with the RGB values 192 192 192 Placement Tab The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Position Specifies the stamp position on the page Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X Position and Y Position coordinates directly Orientation Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise 449 Note e Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date Time User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab DJ Note e Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0 Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created Up to 64 characters can be entered Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title Stamps Shows a list of saved stamp titles Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the stamp Enter a title in Title and then click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary stamp Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list and click this button Background Tab The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file
479. ork connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server 582 Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note iY e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 583 Image Stitch Window Click
480. ors is generally poor Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete If the machine cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN due to a wall place the machine and the computer in the same room GSE Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible 719 Q Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor Windows A Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 720 Other Network Problems Message Appears on Computer During Setup Packets Are Sent Constantly Windows Checking Network Information Restoring to Factory Defaults 721 Message Appears on Computer During Setup Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Appears Q Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup A The following screen appears if the machine is set up for use with a network and an administrator password has been set
481. ose of wireless router Make sure the network settings of your smartphone tablet e g wireless router name SSID network key etc are identical with those of the wireless router 730 To check the settings of your smartphone tablet refer to the instruction manual provided with it If the network settings of your smartphone tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router change the network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router tee Make sure machine is not placed far away from wireless router The wireless router is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the wireless router Check for obstructions Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Move the machine and wireless router as necessary GHA Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the wireless router as far away from the interference source as possible Q Cannot Communicate with Machine while It Is in Access Point Mode A If your smartphone tablet cannot communicate with the machine in the access point mode check the following Sea Make sure machine is turned on GVA Enable access point mode Enable the access point mode following the procedure belo
482. ot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set to the printer 2 Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 254 Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet D gt Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using e Enable the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration on Settings menu 4 Click Wired LAN tab The Wired LAN sheet is displayed Wired LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For more on the Wired LAN sheet see Wired LAN Sheet 5 Change or check settings Set the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment 6 Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed 255 Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet J Note e You cannot change the settings when using the direct connection access point mode 1 Start up IJ Network Too
483. other necessary information Important e Do not use the Back button of the web browser while an operation is processing The screen may not transition properly Note e If you enter an e mail address that has already been registered you will receive an already registered e mail Follow the instructions in the e mail and register a different e mail address 1 Use the web browser on your PC smartphone tablet or other devices to access the authentication URL 78 Canon inkjet Gowd Printing Center ner repre rte No ee Comer het Cet Rtg Covey pee wend te pte he eee comer saman ee Oe Leer wae Ce eee yee A Ree m e Rs eegne a A agoe mae tay ba patena he ae peet a anan me sea pel a Nk Pa pe pn O a ait in Beit teap ian ne 2 When the printer registration screen is displayed select Create new account Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account About this service 3 Enter the E mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e mail address entered 79 c Goud P Preparation SAE To create an account enter your e mail Ma as Came ba eet te A f lt SaS address and the printer registration ID ee oe ae arae Pr ierte atena 1S epee noroply Imale ojcom wil be sent _ ess If you use e mail OF nanman w o Os en
484. ou agree 74 License agreement Engish Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion WAhan tha Tarme ara madifiaoAd Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement e English Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms Al tha Driusaau Gtatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 3 Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen enter the password you want to register into
485. outer and you then connect it to a printer in Direct Connection mode the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection charges may apply depending on your contract e When you connect a device and the printer using Direct Connection the connection information will be saved to Wi Fi settings The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router You cannot connect to a wireless router and a printer in Direct Connection mode at the same time If you have a wireless router it is recommended that you use the wireless router to connect to the printer To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Direct Connection mode change the connection mode after using the printer or set not to connect automatically in the Wi Fi settings of the device For details on checking or changing wireless router settings see the wireless router manual or contact its manufacturer e If you connect a device and the printer using Direct Connection Internet connection may become unavailable depending on your environment In that case web services for the printer cannot be used 43 e In Direct Connection mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try
486. ove may cause a fire or an electric shock 218 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below 3 Important e When you unplug the power cord press the ON button then confirm that the ON lamp is off Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced 1 Press the ON button to turn the machine off 2 Confirm that the ON lamp is off 3 Unplug the power cord D 1 The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use 219 Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Windows Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Mac OS Changing Settings from Operation Panel gt Initializing Machine Settings Disabling Wireless LAN Function 220 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Windows Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 221 Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off The procedure for changing the print options is as follows
487. oving the slider to the left decreases the amount It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases ri Q al J Important When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position the back side of the paper may become smudged 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the data is printed without any margins on the paper Important When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected the size is automatically changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing When Borderless is selected the Printer Paper Size Duplex Printing Stapling Side settings and the Stamp Background Stamp button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable When Envelope High Resolution Paper or T Shirt Transfers is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab you cannot perform borderless printing Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing the print quality may deteriorate at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used In this case crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size Note e When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab borderless printing is not recommended Therefore the messa
488. ow 1 Select Applications from Go menu of Finder double click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 2 Double click Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon Extended Survey Program Preferences Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent The survey program is turned on Turn off it you wish to turn off this program click Turn off Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent If the check box is selected the information will be sent automatically If the check box is not selected Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey Click the icon and follow the on screen instructions Turn off Turn on button Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 815 Q Error Message Appears on PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device A The following errors may occur when you print directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Follow the instructions below to resolve them J Note e This section describes errors that appear on Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using For errors on other brands of PictBridge Wireless
489. ownload a Variety of Content Materials Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application Available Connection Methods Easy Scan with the Auto Function Scan Originals Larger than the Platen Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet SELPHY Printing with Windows RT Checking Printer Information 33 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode The machine supports access point mode in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point wireless router Switch to access point mode with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly When you use the machine with the access point mode be sure to specify the access point name SSID of the machine and the security setting in advance Using Machine with Access Point Mode 34 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden you can register the names of people and events to photos You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar event and person This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on lt Calendar View gt Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows Based on the information registered to photos Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your computer
490. ows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet Printing only on one side and printing a page border can also be set in this dialog box The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet Margin for stapling Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled 444 Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Print Area Setup dialog box When you perform duplex printing the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed the document may not fit on one page This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document fits in one page Use normal size printing Prints the document pages without reducing them This is the default setting Use reduced printing Slightly reduces each document page so
491. ox in the Print dialog box 426 Printer Driver Description gt gt Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ Status Monitor Description 427 Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings When you select a registered setting the printer automatically switches to the preset items Portes Paper Size Letter 35 11 22230m Onentation Porras Pacer Source Foort Tray C Aways Print wth Curent Senings Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document settings that match the purpose are applied In addition functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in Additional Features You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name You can delete the registered printing profile You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys Standard These are the factory settings If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Photo Printing If you select this setting when printing a photo the photo paper and
492. oxes of the image in thumbnail view 58 EJE Select All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue Available when two or more cropping frames are specified Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them 634 X Remove Cropping Frame Removes the selected cropping frame i Information Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings document type etc Open Guide Opens this page 3 Preview Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview You can also check the results of the settings image corrections color adjustments etc made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons When Zaj Thumbnail is displayed on the Toolbar Cropping frames are specified according to the document size and thumbnails of scanned images are displayed Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned Note e When multiple images are previewed different outlines indicate different selection status e Focus Frame thick blue outline The displayed settings will be applied e Selected Frame thin blue outline The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key e Unselected no outline The settings will not be applied P Wh
493. p ahead to Step 7 when an ADF type is selected for Select Source 5 Set Output Size according to purpose Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination 6 Adjust the cropping frames scan areas as required Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear 7 Set Image corrections as required 594 8 Click Scan Scanning starts Note e Click 1 Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Basic Mode Tab 595 Scanning in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode output resolution image brightness color tone etc when scanning Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear Scanner Driver to scan multiple documents at one time Refer to Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode to scan multiple documents placed on the ADF Auto Document Feeder gt Important The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly In that case click Thumbnail on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan e Photos that have a whitish background e Documents printed on white paper hand written tex
494. pears check the error code and follow the corresponding solution Error in scanner Turn off scanner and follow instructions in User s Guide Scanner driver will be closed Printer is in use or an error has occurred Check status Scanner driver will be closed Cannot communicate with scanner for these reasons Scanner is turned off Scanner is disconnected It is disconnected from LAN if using on LAN Please check and try again Scanner driver will be closed Cannot communicate with scanner Cable may be disconnected or scanner may be turned off Check status Scanner driver will be closed Cannot communicate with scanner for these reasons Scanner is turned off USB cable is disconnected Please check and try again Scanner driver will be closed Cannot communicate with scanner for these reasons Scanner is turned off If using Wired LAN connection It is disconnected from Wired LAN If using wireless LAN connection Signal strength is poor due to obstructions Network connection is prohibited by security software Different scanner on the network is selected 789 Make sure that your scanner or printer and the computer are connected correctly Delete MP Drivers then reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Refer to Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers Your scanner or printe
495. pen the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Prevent paper double feed Select this check box only if the printer is feeding multiple sheets of plain paper at the same time Important e Using this function slows down the print speed Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate
496. performed while either FINE cartridge is detached Auto Power Settings dialog box When you click Auto Power the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed This dialog box allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver Auto Power On Selects the auto power on setting Specify Disable to prevent the printer from turning on automatically when print data is sent to it Make sure the printer is on and then click OK to change the printer settings Specify Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it Auto Power Off Selects the auto power off setting If a printer driver operation or a printer operation is not performed within the specified time the printer turns off 456 Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Settings the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the
497. phone or tablet Important On the browser you are using enable JavaScript and cookies If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser the web pages may not display correctly If you use the translation function of Google Chrome the web pages may not display correctly The service does not support the use of its provided services through a proxy server outside of your country In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator 69 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information f your model has color LCD monitor f your model has monochrome LCD monitor f your model has no LCD monitor 70 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Color LCD Monitor To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information Registering from Printer 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2 From the printer home screen select Cloud If printer information has not been registered to the cloud service server the Registration Preparation Completion Screen appears 3 From cloud main screen select Use from Smartphone or Mobile Integration Guide
498. played to edit the settings selected in Accessible MAC Addresses Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to register the MAC address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network Important Add the MAC address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list 5 Delete Deletes the selected MAC address from the list When Selecting IP address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their IP addresses Computers or network devices whose IP addresses appear on the list are allowed access 283 WrelessLAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Access Control Type IP Address y Enable printer socess controa P address Instructions 1 Enable printer access control IP address Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a n
499. plex documents or lighten the base color It is recommended that you normally select this setting Important e Reduce Show through can be set when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box and Document or Magazine is selected for Image Adjustment Unsharp Mask Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image when scanning photos OFF Unsharp Mask will not be applied ON Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image It is recommended that you normally select this setting Descreen Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect OFF Moire will not be reduced ON Reduces moire It is recommended that you normally select this setting J Note Even if Descreen is set to ON some moire effects may remain if Unsharp Mask is set to ON In that case set Unsharp Mask to OFF Reduce Dust and Scratches Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches Use this function to reduce such noise None Dust and scratches will not be reduced Low Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches Large ones may remain 644 Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to reduce large
500. plication software When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver the print result may contain unexpected colors If this happens checking this check box may resolve the problem Important e Even when this check box is checked only some of the information in the color profile is disabled and the color profile can still be used for printing e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Ungroup Papers Sets the display method of Media Type Page Size and Printer Paper Size To display the items separately select the check box To display the items as a group clear the check box Do not allow application software to compress print data Compression of the application software print data is prohibited If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors selecting this check box may improve the condition Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Note Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Print after creating print data by page The print data is created in page units and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Scal
501. port codes see also List of Support Code for Error Paper Jams 820 List of Support Code for Error Paper Jams If paper jams remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below e If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot 1300 e If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot 1303 If the paper is jammed during automatic duplex printing 1304 e If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the transport unit Paper Is Jammed inside Machine e Cases other than above Other Cases 821 1300 Cause Paper is jammed in paper output slot What to Do If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot remove the paper by following these steps 1 Slowly pull out paper Hold the paper with both hands and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it 3 Important Do not pull the paper out from the front tray even though you can see the jammed paper at the front tray Pulling the paper out forcibly from the front tray may damage the machine Note If you cannot pull out the paper turn the machine back on The paper may be ejected automatically If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot try to pull the paper out from the transport unit
502. portant e The user name entry field has the following character restrictions e The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 90 5 Specify the Time zone setting and select Done Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time 4 The registration is complete A registration completion message is displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account About this service Enter the registered E mail address and Password and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 91 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service 1 From your PC smartphone or tablet access the service login URL http cs c ij c
503. portant Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree DJ Note e If you select Do not agree a confirmation screen asking whether you want to cancel Register My account appears If you select Yes then Register My account is canceled and you return to the Home screen Even if you select Do not agree you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later e You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button 6 On the Current time check screen select the time closest to the current time and then select Next You can set the time in 10 minute units Current time check Select the time closest to the current time 00 00 7 In the time zones list select the region closest to you For some regions a screen for applying the daylight saving time setting may appear Time zone vreryvs uuvy sevul UTC 09 00 Tokyo UTC 09 30 Adelaide UTC 09 30 Darwin UTC 10 00 Brisbane The registration of printer information is completed and a list of apps is displayed See here for the description of the apps list screen After you complete the registration you can print photos and documents that have been uploaded to apps on the linked cloud service and add delete sort apps Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link 54 Application Management This section explains how to add
504. ppear If an error appears disconnect one of the connected device you do not use and configure settings again When Using Windows XP Direct Connection Windows XP USB Connection Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable Prepare a USB cable Restrictions Appears in a new window 40 Direct Connection Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window 1 If the Wi Fi lamp A on the printer is flashing press the Stop button B Check the SSID and network key of your printer The default SSID is the printer name and the default Password Network key is the serial number of the printer Check the rear side of the printer or warranty If the SSID Password Network key are unknown print the LAN setting information and check the SSID Password Network key field How to print the LAN setting information Press the Wi Fi button on the printer The LAN setting information will be printed If you printed the LAN setting information repeat step 2 before proceeding to step 3 3 Press the Color button E then the Black button F The printer s Direct Connection will be enabled 4 Right click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer then select View Available Wireless Networks Change Windows Firewall settings Open Network Connections Repair View Available Wireless Networks 5 Select the network name SSID you want to use then c
505. ppears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series 4 anama series A Cancel OK Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK DJ Note If Select how to manage has been set you can use this function only when you select Manage app availability by printer For details see Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center at Work Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name Important e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers series Multiuser mode Copy apps Add printer 99 Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note Although the number of printers that can be registered for one domain is not limited only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate Manage users screen re Manage users Updated date Feb 3 2015 1 29 AM e Delete Nickname Authority Administrator Standard user Add
506. pping frames pmage corrections em Correct fading Color Pattern 3 Click Preview Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview area Cropping frames are specified automatically according to the document size PPE 4 Set Destination 5 Set Output Size according to purpose 6 Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required 2 Note e You can correct each image separately Select the frame you want to correct e In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image To create multiple cropping frames in an image scan in whole image view Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View 601 7 Select the images you want to scan Select the checkboxes of the images you want to scan 8 Click Scan Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View Follow these steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple documents as a single image 2 Note e Positions of slanted documents are not corrected in whole image view 1 After previewing images click Thumbnail on the Toolbar Switch to whole image view Basc Mode Advanced Mode Select Source Phota Color Diuplay Preview Image Destination Print Output See Mexble oo Wwertewentran Cl Adjust cropping frames fmage corrections a Cl Corect fading Color Pate EE ramsa 3J Note Eal e When the whole image is disp
507. pplication Settings then select an e mail client 540 JPEG Image Quality Cl save to a subfolder with current date C check scan results Apphcaten Settings O Open wih an appicabon O Send to an application O Send to a folder Attach to emai Odo not start any application 2 Note e You can add e mail clients to use for attachments from the pull down menu If None Attach Manually is selected manually attach scanned and saved images to e mail 5 Click OK JPEG Image Quality Cl Save toa subfolder with current date C check scan results Apphcaton Settings O Open wih an appicabon O Send to an application O Send to a folder attach toemsl O Do not start any app caton The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 2 Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Auto Scan Dialog Box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box 541 Settings Photo Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box 6 Click Photo Product Name Canon series al a Auto Decument Photo f Custom Stitch ScanGear instructors Scanning starts When scanning is completed the specified e mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan
508. preview settings Close Closes ScanGear scanner driver 2 Toolbar You can adjust or rotate preview images The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view In thumbnail view z cm oo gt 6 ca am na Z Bo Be 0 RIR In whole image view gt Mi x 5 g i icy a ML a Thumbnail m Whole Image Switches the view in the Preview area 3 Preview Area a Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise The result will be reflected in the scanned image e The image returns to its original state when you preview again y za Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise The result will be reflected in the scanned image e The image returns to its original state when you preview again x e A Auto Crop Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the Preview area The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame 628 MM MM Check All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view oo 00 Uncheck All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view ee EJE Select All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines t
509. printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirements For computers smartphones and tablet devices see Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Important e This service may not be available in certain countries or regions Also even if the service is available there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 68 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1 6 GHz or higher d Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display f Number of display colors 24 bits true color or higher Internet Explorer 9 Windows Vista SP1 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 9 10 11 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10 11 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8 1 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Mavericks v10 10 Safari 5 1 6 7 8 Smartphone or tablet Browser Resolution iOS 6 1 or later 320 x 480 HVGA or higher OS standard browser Android 2 3 3 or later 480 x 800 HVGA or higher Android3 x is not supported The operation requirements may change without prior notice If this happens you may no longer be able to use this service from your computer smart
510. printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm A4 8 5 x 11 Letter Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Paper type Default Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use GP 501 GP 601 Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 Photo Paper Pro Luster LU 101 Photo Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 Photo Stickers When printing on sticker paper select 4 x6 10x15cm in Paper size Do not set Layout to Borderless Fast Photo Photo Paper Pro Platinum PT 101 Plain A4 Letter sized plain paper When Paper type is set to Plain borderless printing will be disabled even when Layout is set to Borderless Layout Default Borderless Index Bordered Borderless N up 2 4 9 16 1 20 up 2 35 up 3 4 Layout compatible with A4 or Letter sized paper and Canon brand sticker above A4 Letter 4 up Photo Stickers 2 up 4 up 9 up 16 up 2 With a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device selecting items with i mark allows you to print shooting info Exif Data in list format 20 up or on the margins of the specified 511 data 1 up May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices 3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout Contact Printing Layout Available only with a Canon bra
511. quire security code t Advanced management Select the printer s you want to require a security code for use See manual series series You cannot select models for which the setting cannot be changed Each user can set a Security code start the app and perform printing and other operations This setting is linked with Multiuser mode on the Mng printer screen Note e The list does not display models without an LCD or models with a monochrome LCD The check box does not appear for models that do not support Multiuser mode 104 Select how to manage t Advanced management Manage app availability by printer Manage app availability by user Manage by group for office users Set app printer availability by group You can change the management method for usable apps and printers Manage app availability by printer If you are using multiple printers you can manage the useable apps for each printer Manage app availability by user When one printer is used you can manage the usable apps by user For usage examples see Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center at Home Manage by group for office users You can manage the usable apps and printers by group For usage examples see Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center at Work Note e If you manage the usable apps by printer the default settings will allow all users to add delete and rearrange apps Also if
512. quiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 907 B203 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 908 B204 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 909 B205 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 910
513. r Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen DJ Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Enable switch printer function when printer is used When you cannot use your printer you can use the same one on the network instead When you enable this function and you cannot use your printer the screen to make sure whether you start searching the same printer as yours is displayed Follow the message on the screen DJ Note e When this function is enabled a check mark appears on the menu Switch printer now You can use the same printer on the network immediately Clicking this item starts searching for the same one on the network and the result is listed on the Select Printer screen Select the printer to use from the list Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen 267 This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to
514. r Occurs e Message Appears e List of Support Code for Error e Error Message Appears on PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device e IJ Scan Utility Error Messages Windows e IJ Scan Utility Error Messages Mac OS e ScanGear Scanner Driver Error Messages e Scanner Driver Error Messages Operation Problems eee ee ee e e e Network Communication Problems Printing Problems Problems while Printing Scanning from Smartphone Tablet Scanning Problems Windows Scanning Problems Mac OS Mechanical Problems Installation and Download Problems Errors and Messages If You Cannot Solve a Problem 695 Network Communication Problems gt Cannot Find Machine on Network gt Network Connection Problems gt Other Network Problems 696 Cannot Find Machine on Network gt Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen gt Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN 697 Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen If the machine cannot be found on the Check Printer Settings screen during network communications setup check the network settings and try again Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Important e If the machine cannot be detected while you are setting up the network communication using a USB cable the machine may be in the access point mode In this case finish the access point mode and ena
515. r may be damaged Restart the computer then reconnect your scanner If the same error message still appears contact the service center Wait for the device operation to finish then scan Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Delete MP Drivers then reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Refer to Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers Make sure that the selected application source is correct Refer to the application s manual for details Check the printer status With USB connection check the connection of the USB cable and reconnect as required With network connection check the connection status and reconnect as required With network connection specify the scanner to use with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure 152 201 202 Please check and try again Click Scanner Selection if you want to select another scanner Scanner driver will be closed Running out of memory Increase available memory Scanner driver will be closed A required file is missing or corrupted or settings are incorrect Try the installation again Scanner driver will be closed An internal error has occurred Scanner driver will be closed Take the following measures Check the scanner status Restart the scanner Restart the compu
516. r or White point Slider to adjust brightness Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Black point Slider toward the highlight side Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the White point Slider toward the shadow side has A A a Images with widely distributed data Move the Black point Slider toward the highlight side and White point Slider toward the shadow side 616 Moving the Mid point Slider Move the Mid point Slider to specify the level to be set as the middle of the tonal range Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid point Slider toward the highlight side Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the Mid point Slider toward the shadow side Adjusting Histograms Using the Droppers When you select a Channel and click the Black point Mid point or White point Dropper the mouse pointer on the preview image changes to a dropper Click a Dropper displayed below the histogram to change the setting a The point clicked with 0 to 245 Black point Dropper will be the darkest point You can also enter a value e The point clicked with a enter a value 5 to 250 Mid point Dropper will be the middle of the tonal range You can also 617 The point clicked with a White point Dropper will be the brightest point You can also enter a value 10 to 255 e e Click Dropper f
517. r reach You must press the ON button POWER button on the printer to turn the printer on again after clicking this button When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Auto Power Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box Specify settings for operating the printer power automatically Perform this function if you want to change the auto power settings Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer Quiet Settings Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern such when printing at night Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting J Note If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status Custom Settings Opens the Custom Settings dialog box Perform this function to change the settings of this printer Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error me
518. r your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet Information related to Canon nkjet printer scanner fax Computer s OS version language and display setting information Device driver and application software usage logs Prniter s ID number instalation date and time type of nk stalled ink use Information number of sheets printed and maintenance information Paper use inforrration printing envronment condmions and questionnaire resuks Some of the above information may not be sent depending on your model If your Canon product is shared for use the above information recorded in the shared product wi be sent If you are to agree please convey this fact to the users who share the product and obtain ther agreement as well beforehand n thie cunveaw wa will nat cond anv infnnmmatinn remardinn wer comreter lavrant that keted ahma nr umir mercnmal Tf you agree to the above dick Agree Otherwise dick Do not agree If you wish to uninstal this program cick Uninstal This vel uninstall the program and no further survey wil be made Sunnsat Donotagree Agree If you agree to participate in survey program Click
519. rame again to return the display to its non magnified state When a Whole Image is displayed on the Toolbar Items on the Platen are scanned and displayed as a single image All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned Note e You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image In thumbnail view you can only create one cropping frame per image In whole image view you can create multiple cropping frames Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Related Topic Scanning in Basic Mode 630 Advanced Mode Tab This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode output resolution image brightness and color tone This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Preview Area gt Note e The displayed items vary by document type and view e The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF Auto Document Feeder 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Favorite Settings You can name and save a group of settings Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings and Color Adjustment Buttons on the Advanced Mode tab and load it as required It is convenient to save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly You can also use this to reload the default settings Select Add Delete from the pull down menu to open the Add Delet
520. rams Note e In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged in on an account with administrator privileges follow the on screen instructions 2 Select Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 3 Select Change If you select Yes after you have followed the on screen instructions the confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey If you select No the information will be sent automatically Note If you select Uninstall or Remove in Windows XP the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is uninstalled Follow the on screen instructions Q Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears Mac OS A If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed the printer and application software usage information is sent every month for about ten years The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage information Click the icon read the information that appears and then follow the instructions below 813 Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program th Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program For dev
521. rast of documents Parameters to Adjust Select the item to be checked by pattern printing Cyan Magenta Yellow Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan magenta yellow balance Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Intensity Contrast Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity contrast balance Printer Paper Size Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab DJ Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Sets the number of patterns to be printed You can select from Largest Large and Small When you select a pattern size the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected e The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout Largest Cyan Magenta Yellow 37 Intensity Contrast 49 Large Cyan Magenta Yellow 19 Intensity Contrast 25 Small Cyan Magenta Yellow 7 Intensity Contrast 9 437 Color Variation Between Instances Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Select from Large Medium and Small Large produces a large amount of change and Small produces a small
522. rator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 2 Execute the uninstaller Click Execute When the confirmation message appears click Yes When all the files have been deleted click Complete The deletion of the MP Drivers is complete Important e Printer driver XPS printer driver and ScanGear scanner driver will be deleted when you uninstall the MP Drivers 475 Before Installing the MP Drivers This section describes the items that you should check before installing the MP Drivers You should also refer to this section if the MP Drivers cannot be installed Checking the Printer Status Turn off the printer Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications Log on as a user who has the administrator account Important e Before installing the latest MP Drivers delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers 476 Installing the MP Drivers You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows 1 Turn off the printer 2 Start the installer Double click the icon of the downloaded file The installation program starts gt Important In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows
523. rd Web browser Browser or Chrome Mac OS device OS Mac OS X v 10 6 or later Web browser Safari 5 1 or later Windows device OS Windows XP or later Web browser Internet Explorer 8 or later Google Chrome 38 0 2125 104m or later Mozilla Firefox 33 0 or later 1 Check machine s IP address and serial number Print the network setting information to check the machine s IP address and serial number by following the steps below 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Load two sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 4 Press Wi Fi button again The machine starts printing the network setting information 5 Check IP Address column and Serial Number column on network setting information sheet DJ Note e The password has been specified to the machine serial number at the time of purchase Checking the serial number is not required if you have already changed to any password 2 Open web browser on your smartphone tablet or computer and enter IP address Enter as following in the URL field of the web browser http XXX XX X XXXK For XXX XX X XXX enter the IP address that you checked in the IP Address column on the network setting information sheet When you access the printer information will be displayed on the web browser on your smartphone tablet or computer 145 If you want to check the printer status and change the printer set
524. re or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages 9 Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS The following applies only to products supporting Wi Fi c 2009 2013 by Jeff Mott All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be
525. recting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched e When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality 2 Open the front cover A gently then extend the paper support B 150 q 3 Use the right paper guide C to slide both paper guides all the way out 4 Load the paper in the center of the front tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the front tray gt Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation D Loading paper in the landscape orientation E can cause paper jams J O 5 Slide the right paper guide C to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly 151 or 3 Note Do not overload paper by stacking until the top of the stack touches the paper guides e Load small size paper such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm by pushing it in all the way to the back of the front tray 6 Open the output tray extension 7 Open the paper output tray F gently then extend the paper output support G 152 gt Important e Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing If not open the machine cannot start printing Note
526. red connection Connect via wireless router You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected For details on checking these settings see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router reconnect it via a wireless router Configuration router functions setup procedures and security settings of network devices vary depending on the system environment For details see the manual for your network device or contact its manufacturer Check if your device supports IEEE802 11n 2 4 GHz IEEE802 11g or IEEE802 11b If your device is set to the IEEE802 11n only mode WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than IEEE802 11n only The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the setting is changed Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete For office use consult your network administrator Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection your personal information could be disclosed to a third party Direct Connection Access Point Mode Important e If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless r
527. return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Set up printer s direct connection You can change or check the direct connection access point mode settings Changing Settings in Direct Connection Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool 268 Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet gt Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using SSID morra Encryption Method Use WEP TCPAP Setup Gat IP address gutomatically Use next IP address For more on each sheet see the following Wireless LAN Sheet Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet 269 Wireless LAN Sheet J Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection To display the Wireless LAN sheet click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wireless LAN 1 2 3 Encryption Method 5 4 TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Use next IP address 6 1 Network Type Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected Infrastructure Con
528. rightness Intensity and Contrast etc Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer Normally the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting and the document is printed with no scaling When you set 2 on 1 Printing or 4 on 1 Printing in Additional Features you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger the document size will be enlarged Also if you select Custom the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting 430 Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialo
529. rint is complete the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically Sending Print Data without Going through Internet This section describes the operation to send print data from Google Chrome browser on the computer The operation differs depending on the device applications or services Important e Local network connection with the machine or enabling machine s access point mode is required 488 e Enabling Bonjour on the machine is required 1 Make sure machine is turned on Note e If the machine s Auto Power On function is enabled the machine is turned on automatically when it receives the print data 2 Start Google Chrome browser on your computer 3 Select Sign in to Chrome from Chrome menu 4 Log in to your Google account 5 Select Print from Chrome menu g New tab New window New ncogn to wincow Bookmarks Recent Tabs Relsunch Chrome in Windows mode Edit Cut Copy Peste ave poge ds D nd Print oom 100 History Downloads Settings About Google Chrome Help More tools Exit 6 Select Change next Destination Print Total 2 sheets of paper 7 Select Canon MG3600 series in Local Destinations 489 8 Select Print When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically 490 Deleting Machine from Google Cloud Print If the machi
530. river You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window Modules Lists the printer driver modules Language Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window Important e If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system the characters will be garbled Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads Aligning the Print Head Position Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Cleaning Inside the Printer Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode e eeu ue 458 Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type and paper source settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Eile Page Zoom Option Help caren tab gt Whole Part Page information Es Printer Paper Sze Letter 85x11 22x28cm Meda Type Pian Paper Lyh Paty Source Frort Tray Page Layat Noma aze All pag
531. rk settings on the machine and printing operation from a computer over network becomes impossible To use the machine over network set it up using the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website For Mac OS smartphone or tablet When using the machine over wireless LAN note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing operation from a computer over network becomes impossible To use the machine over network follow the instructions on the Canon website To initialize the machine settings press and hold the Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 21 times All the machine settings are initialized The administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool returns to the default setting After initializing the printer perform setup again as necessary D gt Note e You cannot set the following setting items back to the default e Current position of the print head e CSR Certificate Signing Request for encryption method SSL TLS setting 235 Disabling Wireless LAN Function Follow the procedure below to disable the wireless LAN 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 3 Press Black button twice and press Wi Fi button When the ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the Wi Fi lamp goes off the wireless LAN is disabled Note e When you enable the wireless LAN press Color button Black button a
532. rmat Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format 557 e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format J Note ty PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date
533. rrasrenrrreru 240 Connecting to Another Computer via LAN Changing from USB to LAN Connection 241 Printing Network Settings osa serie pc oe eee ee ee Re Ede eee oe el eee eee Hes 242 Network Communication Windows 2 2282 0 0 4s e4 e0b eee e weed nee aces 245 Checking and Changing Network Settings ean tee Nae Eee alk we Bae ice TAPPIE TETEE 246 URNO TOO eere rira a a ak i ag aM E ys ye a ig aa a 247 Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet 00 606c0dsovetiewed dteet deed aceseoueen nen 248 Changing WEP Detailed SetiNGS ae tdcinan satiated ake eee ee eed de a we 250 Changing WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings v1 40 eee bbe beee dees eey Wie Pa Oe Seed 252 Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet 0 0 00000 cece cette eee 255 Changing Settings in Admin Password Sh et 00060 ccaw rete tea eer bo a 256 Monitoring Wireless Network Status 5 cesacccwiaescnaegand sean eciiaederae eb nee eins 257 Changing Settings in Direct Connection IRET ee ere Cee ee pias ee errr DT _ 260 Initializing Network Souings 3 24 a 2 54 502 adira erea Pak de SONI RENGS aA REESE 262 Viewing Modified Settings Mercer TOPTEP Cer er EE gaweaia were jaan L09 IJ Network Tool Network Connection 00 00 c eet 264 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen cc2etseeiee veed ee ede eeeedeedae EE Sede eee eee 265 COOU anO Steels 5 66 ale bak e235 es ARETE Rae DALLES Sada RE OR oR a ase sae 269 Wireless LAN Sheet eee aagana anea T
534. rresponding background in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the image data as a background After inserting the Title click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary background Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list and then click this button 451 Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer Quick Setup Main Page Setup Martenance Botton Piste Gearing Cesning lt m Eminates unwarted smudges and ines n Prevents paper smudges during printing e perk resut Deep Gearing s Desing gt Unciogs norrles Pus carnet be cesrod R Enpates prt soler dearing for snocther Ks by regt Cleaning Eo paper feeding Part Head Abgnert Power Ot E Executes part head aigrmeart to corect Tums the perter off i Pe misaiggmert of colors and Ines Nozzle Check Ato Power Ports a patem to check whether the part Allows you to set the auto power setings ink Camdge Settings Caset Setings Species the ink cartridge for panting Allows you to seduce the panter s operating noise Custorn Senrga wD Alows you to select opemiion opens r Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Deep Cleaning Performs deep cleaning
535. rs and discoloration except for Canon Red Label Superior lt WOP111 gt Canon Oc Office Colour Paper lt SAT213 gt and High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt Paper for printing documents Canon Red Label Superior lt WOP111 gt Approx 100 sheets Approx 50 sheets Canon Oc Office Colour Paper lt SAT213 gt Approx 80 sheets Approx 50 sheets Paper for printing photos Media Name lt Model No gt Front Tray Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt 3 10 sheets A4 and Letter Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt 3 10 sheets A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 328 Paper for printing business documents Media Name lt Model No gt Front Tray Paper Output Tray High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 80 sheets 50 sheets 1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capac
536. rted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome gt Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked the printer driver processes image data as sRGB data In this case actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data convert the data to sRGB data using an application software 3 Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well 393 Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally when data is printed the printer driver automatically adjusts the colors When you want to print by using the color space SRGB of the image data effectively select ICM ICC Profile Matching When you want to use an application software to specify a printing ICC profile select None The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Mat
537. ryption Key Q WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown Cannot Connect A For details on setting up a wireless router see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router Set up the machine to match the wireless router settings using IJ Network Tool Q Setting an Encryption Key A For details on setting up a wireless router see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router Set up the machine to match the wireless router settings using IJ Network Tool e Using WEP The key length key format key to use one of 1 to 4 and authentication method must be the same for the wireless router the machine and your computer To communicate with a wireless router that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must set the machine to use the key generated by the wireless router entering it in hexadecimal format o For Windows Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key depending on the wireless router s settings When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Set on the Search screen follow the on screen instructions and set key length key format key number and authentication method to enter a WEP key For details see Changing WEP Detailed Settings
538. s O Open wh an appicabon O Send toan application O Send to a folder O Attah to emal Start OCR O Do not start any app caton 3J Note If a compatible application is not installed the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog box Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan e You can add the application from the pull down menu Click OK JPEG Image Quality C save to a subfolder with current date C check scan results Applicaton Settings O Open with an appicabon O Send to an sppiication O Send to a folders O attach to e mail Start ocr O Do not start any application The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 544 DJ Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box Settings Document Scan Dialog Box Settings Custom Scan Dialog Box Settings ScanGear Dialog Box Click Document Product Name Canon series 2 e a Auto f Document f Photo Custom Stith ScanGear borane Scanning starts When scanning is completed the scanned images are saved according to the settings and the extracted text appears in the specified application Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Text displayed in your text editor is f
539. s e Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper e Canceling a Print Job 199 e Keeping Print Quality High e Transporting Your Printer Legal Restrictions on Scanning Copying gt Specifications 200 Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information 201 Safety Precautions Choosing a location e Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration e Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the Specification Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall Power supply e Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock e Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine e Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s weight refer
540. s see Replacing a FINE Cartridge Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles For details on printing the nozzle check pattern print head cleaning and print head deep cleaning see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly After performing the print head cleaning print the nozzle check pattern and examine the pattern If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice Perform print head deep cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later e If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice Ink may have run out Replace the FINE cartridge 758 Q Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error A ees Make sure paper is loaded Loading Paper When loading paper consider the following When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit However paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the amount of paper you load at a time
541. s area at the right side of the preview window View Deleted Pages When the thumbnails are displayed this function displays pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To check deleted pages you must first select the View Thumbnails check box Keep printed documents on the list Leaves the printed document in the document list Print Settings Displayed at Startup Switches the tab of the print settings area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS Preview is started Select Page Information Layout or Manual Color Adjustment Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information E Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes 466 Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected h Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored
542. s been set Config is not displayed If Manage app availability by user has been set even Standard user can register and delete apps 108 y a series Registered Search apps Instagram CANON INC Scan to E mail CANON INC Facebook CANON INC Photos in Tweets Lir Config Properties Manage jobs On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category series Regstered Search apps Al Photography Productivity Regstered Search apps Creativity Remote print manager Cards OFF CANON INC Crafts o Scan to a Remote PIXUS MAXIFY Forms Fis as von lined eae Gal SlideShare OFF CANON INC OFF CANON INC q OneNote o When you select the details of the app are displayed When you select A OFF you can choose to register or unregister the app D gt Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region model or language e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 109 Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual Important e The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status
543. s dialog box 567 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder The default save folders are as follows e Windows 8 1 Documents folder e Windows 8 My Documents folder e Windows 7 My Documents folder e Windows Vista Documents folder e Windows XP My Documents folder Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto J Important e When Auto is selected the save format may differ depending on how you place the item Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Note Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select
544. s displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account About this service Enter the registered E mail address and Password and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 77 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Monochrome LCD Monitor To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information Print registration information from the printer 1 On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Register w service 2 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register No 3 In the print settings select the display language Language to print English k 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and the Printer registration ID Set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed D Important The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes Access the URL on the printed page and then enter the e mail address and
545. s from Your Computer Windows Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Mac OS 170 Maintenance gt If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer Windows Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer Mac OS Cleaning 171 If Printing Is Faint or Uneven gt gt gt Maintenance Procedure Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head 172 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the maintenance procedure below 33 Important Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge DJ Note e Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly Replacing Procedure Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed gt If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes see An Error Occurs e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Windows Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Mac OS When the Print
546. s grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 465 Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu Toggles the show hide status of the following information View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window This command has the same function as the Gea View Thumbnails on the toolbar View Document List Displays the print document list at the top of the preview window View Print Settings Area Displays the print setting
547. s or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and retry the printing Note e This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device GSE If problem is not resolved check other causes See also the sections below Cannot Complete Printing Part of Page Is Not Printed Windows Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Appear Colors Are Unclear Lines Are Misaligned Lines Incomplete or Missing Windows Images Incomplete or Missing Windows Ink Blots Paper Curl Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 738 Back of Paper Is Smudged Vertical Line Next to Image Uneven or Streaked Colors 739 Q Cannot Complete Printing A Select setting not to compress printing data Windows If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK Clear the check box once printing is complete Is print data extremely large Windows Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears This may reduce print quality Your hard disk may not have sufficient free space
548. s owed 777 Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory ance eer tested Gitte ena Mossi YET sasae TTO Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor 0 0 0 0 c eee ee 779 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas ee ern eee ere 781 Cannot scan at te Comeet SZE 24 224 linedyeaeee deeds Sau is phe oo o4e9R ese Getaa betes 782 Original Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted TETEE EEPE 783 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 784 Software Problems TENPO ES ree ET ET AET ETIE ET TASTY EE T TE ETTET EE EEEE AEE OE TERT E TEE re apka veer EEEE er re ee van 186 IJ Scan Utility Error Messages 2c ci 2cen0ees0ehsoddhiaded shednedohena ein ne eee danas 787 ScanGear Scanner Driver Error Messages RAET aie oe wnat Seer errr E EEE LOO Mechanical Proble aeaea naaa a wade a NE NE 792 Power Does Not Come On 64449 eee CERE ark ae ekg owe ET TTET iNT ET T 793 Power omule ON By MEd s s04 52 e402 ire A aR A eea eaa i 794 USB Connection Problems rere EN AN TENTER EEE TTET eee EPITEET TEST va T95 Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB ouc0 cin ie peed eee dee ie ede be ae 796 Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed Windows 2 404000 04040seaesaceee eee ae auane wane 797 Installation and Download Problems 00000c eee eee eee eee eevaee 798 Cannot install ME DAVET S i cua ada sae eon nome Be Ree Bs b
549. sane via 425 Printer Driver Desoria idaga aa eGadsd rd eau idasd dean eraoes dane tae ao 427 Quick Setup tab Description is 6s id iid Eh hea ane hth Ad ae a Re deta RS 428 Malta DeScnb0on args nab adie okie Ried wa tad Rawat doe died 434 Page Setup tab Description 146 455 eee de baeed odode eee ee eee eee eee see 440 Maintenance tab Description 2 tcc cas dba oda dads ba eee he a 452 Canon IJ Preview Descriptio lt 6 cccc002 cease eeeeeeee akori aE EIRE EE ARa 459 Ganon IJ XPS Preview Description c cssrsorsscntenresniai 4004584404 i han Rna 462 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description ROT CEART ea ree thot dees S00 Updating the MP DIVES ican dak kd are ah tah Nae ead bao eon Ak ae ead adh aie a 473 Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers 2i5i204 scene dete ne ee ede eee ee hae ene 2 ee 474 Deleting the Unnecessary MP DAVEGNS ii5 coco ccoa dao ee dtodideneanar Aoa EnA 475 Before Installing the MP Drivers is ssrersrrresrireerer ee eerie eens krsi irei 476 Installing tbe MP Drvara cisriissirisrtetiirrsa ka GS eee ARa A La eas ded 477 Printing Using Ganon Application SOntware 200 220026 evs d teased sede eeee dead daweeen es 478 My image Garden GUNG wadcadeddnck paneer dd dats cus e bate e Ione iad Bawwa RaaeK enue 479 Printing Using a Web Service ss0200k2 see iee ris rria hese seb ee USO eREV ORE eee hee S 480 Using PIXMA MMAXIFY Cloud CW Kiss acudiasatiaa bdo eed he a ee Re 48 Printing with Google Cloud Prini oi ccccc6 cei r ate
550. screen To check the printer s MAC address and the serial number print out the network settings information using the operation panel Printing Network Settings 240 Connecting to Another Computer via LAN Changing from USB to LAN Connection For Windows For Mac OS For Windows To add a computer to connect to the machine on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection perform setup using the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website For Mac OS To connect an additional computer to the machine via LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection follow the instructions on the Canon website 241 Printing Network Settings Use the operation panel to print the machine s current network settings Important e The network settings printout contains important information about your network Handle it with care 1 Make sure machine is turned on 2 Load two sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 4 Press Wi Fi button again The machine starts printing network settings information The printed network settings information is as follows Oe ee ooo i 242 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX XXX XXX XXX TCP IPv6 TCP IPv6 Enable Disable IP Address 2 IP address XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet prefix length Default Gateway 2 Default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXX
551. se Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this machine Install the appropriate ink cartridge If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 841 1486 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed in correct position What to Do Make sure each FINE cartridge is installed in the correct position 842 1487 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed in correct position What to Do Make sure each FINE cartridge is installed in the correct position 843 1682 Cause FINE cartridge cannot be recognized What to Do Replace the FINE cartridge If the error is not resolved the FINE cartridge may be damaged Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 844 1684 Cause The ink cartridge cannot be recognized What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this machine Install the appropriate ink cartridge If you want to cancel printing press the machine s Stop button 845 1686 Cause The ink may have run out What to Do The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly detected If you want to continue printing without this function press the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds Canon recommends to use new genuin
552. sed Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment Stamp and Background may not be available Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper the page order and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Pages Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet Page Order Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper 443 Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Tiling Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster The settings sp
553. select Continue registration Note e If you enter an e mail address that has already been registered you will receive an already registered e mail Follow the instructions in the e mail and register a different e mail address Important There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e Up to 255 characters consisting of single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an error if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by Displaying Printer Information and selecting IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service To display printer information go to the Online Manual home page and see Checking Printer Information for your model e You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address 6 Check that you received blank e mail and then select Yes 87 Preparation for registration Did the e mail client
554. splay and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as a wireless router or a LAN cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access IJ Network Tool has been verified to work on Windows XP however it does not support Fast User Switching We recommend you exit IJ Network Tool before switching users Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Start up IJ Network Tool as shown below In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select IJ Network Tool on the Start screen to start IJ Network Tool If IJ Network Tool is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm and search for IJ Network Tool e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities IJ Network Tool and then IJ Network Tool Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details Administrator Password For improvi
555. ssage may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer View Print History This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview and displays the print history Note e You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver View Printer Status Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding 454 Note e If you are using the XPS printer driver the Canon IJ Status Monitor becomes the Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor About Opens the About dialog box The version of the printer driver plus a copyright notice can be checked In addition the language to be used can be switched Initial Check Items Before running Cleaning or Deep Cleaning check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink e Check the amount of ink remaining in the cartridge e Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink cartridge peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink cartridges are installed in their correct positions Start Print Head Alignment dialog box This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head or to print the current
556. sses for computer network device and machine are registered If using WEP or WPA WPA2 key make sure encryption key for computer network device and machine matches key set for wireless router Not only the WEP key itself but also the key length key format the key ID to use and the authentication method must be the same for the machine the wireless router and the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method To set it manually select Open System or Shared Key depending on the wireless router s settings For details see Setting an Encryption Key 717 Q With Encryption On Cannot Communicate with Machine After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router A If you change the encryption type for the machine and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the machine Cannot Communicate with Machine After Enabling MAC IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router 718 Q Printing Is Slow A Machine may be printing or scanning a large job from another computer VVA Monitor signal status and move machine and wireless router as necessary e For Windows Monitoring Wireless Network Status e For Mac OS Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the machine Wireless communication between different rooms or flo
557. st is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors 611 Move Slider under Color Balance to the left or right to emphasize the corresponding color Cyan amp Red Magenta amp Green Yellow amp Blue These are complementary color pairs each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color It is usually difficult to correct the image completely by adjusting only one color pair It is recommended that you find a portion in the image where it should be white and adjust all three color pairs so that the portion turns white You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Below is an example of an image in which the Cyan amp Red pair has been adjusted Color Balance Cyan F 612 Adjusting Brightness and Contrast You can adjust images that are too dark or bright or too flat due to lack of contrast by using Brightness Contrast in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab Image Settings Note e Click Down arrow to switch to detailed view Click a Up arrow to return to the previous view e Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red Green and Blue in various proportions gradation These colors can be adjusted individually as a channel Master Adjust
558. st moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on this tab to their default values factory settings Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Important e When you select Booklet for Page Layout Duplex Printing of the print settings area will be set automatically In this case Duplex Printing is grayed out and is unavailable Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes 469 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress The mo
559. structions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 570 Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Box Click Scan and Stitch on the Le Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box In the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog box you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen POF Mitgie Pages Standard F Create a POE He that supports keyword search Cl Save to a subfolder with current date C Check sean results Applicaton Settings Open with an application Send to an apgiication Send to a folder C De not start any appication 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area gt Important e When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning photos Photo e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine Note To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine or select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings 571 Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resol
560. switch between app registration deletion select FAN oF To return to the Group management screen select Close The above procedure allows you to set apps that only the president can use Note e The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer To set the apps to be used on the printer use the following procedure provided by this service As an example this section describes the procedure for allowing all users to use the Evernote app from the printer 1 From E select Group management 124 gt series Mng printer Manage users Group management Advanced management T Facebook ba Photos in Tweets Evernote J Leila Note e This appears only if Manage by group for office users is set in Advanced management 2 For Apps available on printers that do not require a security code select Settings gt Group management Office Settings President Settings Add group Apps available on printers that do 2 not require a security code Settings 3 On Apps tab set only Evernote app to Ma 125 Settings Fa Evernote CANON INC g Dropbox OFF CANON INC ba Photos in Tweets OFF CANON INC f Facebook Close To switch between app registration deletion select FAN OFF To return to the Group management screen select Close The above procedure sets up Evernote as th
561. t business cards etc Thin documents e Thick documents The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly e Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square e Photos that have been cut to various shapes 1 Place the document on the Platen then start ScanGear scanner driver Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Click the Advanced Mode tab The tab switches to Advanced Mode 2 Note e Settings are not retained when you switch modes 596 3 Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose 4 Click Preview Preview images appear in the Preview area 5 Set Output Settings 6 Adjust the cropping frame scan area correct image and adjust colors as required Adjusting Cropping Frames ScanGear Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 7 Click Scan Scanning starts gt Note e Click oT Information to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings document type etc e A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box Related Topic Advanced Mode Tab 597 Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF Auto Document Feeder in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the image brightness color tone etc and scan multiple documents placed on the ADF
562. t claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of 20 their Contribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions 1 You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 2 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and 3 You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and 4 If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file ex
563. t connection fees apply 1 Getting Google Account 2 Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print 3 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print gt Important e When the machine owner changes delete its registration from Google Cloud Print Deleting Machine from Google Cloud Print 482 LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply 483 Getting Google Account To print with Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google Cloud Print in advance D gt Note e If you already have Google account register the machine to Google Cloud Print Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and register the required information Gor gle One account All of Google Sign in to continue te ogle Cloud Print The screen above may change without prior notice 484 Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print The machine can be registered to Google Cloud Print with the following two methods Registration Using Google Chrome Registration Using Other Web Browser Important e If you have not gotten Google account get it Getting Google Account e When the machine owner changes delete its registration from Google Cloud Print Deleting Machine from
564. t methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the front tray DJ Note The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment 4 Print head alignment pattern printing Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head The adjustment pattern is printed Important Do not open the paper output cover while printing is in progress 5 Adjustment pattern scanning After the adjustment pattern is printed a message is displayed As instructed in the message load the adjustment pattern onto the platen and press the Start button on the printer Print head alignment starts Note To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value 190 Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print th
565. t of ink remaining in the cartridge e Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink cartridge peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink cartridges are installed in their correct positions Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box When you click Ink Cartridge Settings the Ink Cartridge Settings dialog box is displayed This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges according to an intended use When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately by a new one you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing Ink Cartridge Selects the FINE cartridge you use for printing Color Only Uses the color FINE cartridge only Black Only Uses the black FINE cartridge only Both Black and Color Uses the FINE cartridges installed on the printer which are color and black Important e When the following settings are specified Black Only does not function because the printer uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents Other than Plain Paper Envelope Ink Jet Hagaki A Hagaki K A Hagaki A or Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use Printing cannot be
566. t owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those paten
567. t up Security code If there are users who have not set up a Security code a screen appears for checking whether to send an e mail prompting those users to set up a Security code 127 There is a user whose security code is not set Do you want to send an e mail prompting the user to seta security code Cancel OK To send a notification e mail only to users without a Security code select OK To display the Security code setup screen when each user logs in and not send the notification e mail select Cancel The administrator has changed the setting and now you need to set a security code Enter a 0 to 8 digit security code then select OK To set later select Cancel For details on the security code contact the administrator About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits Cancel 3J Important e The following character restriction applies to Security code entries Up to 8 alphanumeric characters Changed the security code The Security code change process ends and the change completion message appears In the message screen select OK to return to the main screen 5 Select Cloud from the printer s home screen 6 In Switch user screen select user 128 Switch user Chief President Manager Staff 7 Enter Security code that you set and Log in Enter security code Nickname President Security code a Note e If you have
568. t windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree 80 License agreement Engish Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion WAhan tha Tarme ara madifiaoAd Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement e English Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms Al tha Driusaau Gtatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 3 Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing C
569. t you want to use 137 Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone Important e The user name entry field has the following character restrictions e The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 8 Specify the Time zone setting and select Done Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register My account Nickname 1 to 20 characters Time zone The main registration is complete and a registration completion e mail is sent 138 DJ Note e When you use MAXIFY Cloud Link a cookie for the selected user is added to the printer and the login status of each user is recovered For each printer you can register cookies for up to 8 users Printer user privileges If several users are using the cloud service for 1 printer each user is categorized as the Administrator or a Standard user Note e The user who is registered first becomes the Administrator The administrator can change the privileges of users from the Manage users screen An Administrator can change printer information add and
570. taining lithium battery e Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations e Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10425 Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Co
571. talling the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers 474 Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers The MP Drivers which you no longer use can be deleted When deleting the MP Drivers first exit all programs that are running The procedure to delete the unnecessary MP Drivers is as follows 1 Start the uninstaller e If you are using Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX MP Drivers where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX MP Drivers where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs From the program list select XXX MP Drivers where XXX is your model name and then click Remove The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears gt Important In Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administ
572. target device If communication is taking place a message like the one shown below appears Reply from XXX XXX XXX XXX bytes 32 time 10ms TTL 255 If Request timed out appears communication is not taking place e For Mac OS 1 Start Network Utility as shown below o In Mac OS X v10 10 or Mac OS X v10 9 select Computer from Go menu of Finder double click Macintosh HD gt System gt Library gt CoreServices gt Applications gt Network Utility e In Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 open Utilities folder in Applications folder and double click Network Utility Click Ping Make sure Send only XX pings XX are numbers is selected Enter IP address of target machine or target wireless router in Enter the network address to ping Click Ping XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device A message such as the following appears 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 0 ttl 64 time 3 394 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 1 786 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 1 739 ms XXX XXX XXX XXX ping statistics 3 packets transmitted 3 packets received 0 packet loss 726 If packet loss is 100 communication is not taking place Otherwise computer is communicating with target device Q Checking Network Settings Information A To check the machine s network settings information print out the network settings information using the operation pan
573. te apps Sort 4 On the apps list select the app that you want to sort Sort CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums ADY DOCAAMING Back DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region model or language Can be used with genuine Canon ink 5 Use buttons to move the app 58 Sort CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Y 6 Select Done a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Sorting is complete To continue the sorting repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the sorting select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen 59 Using PIXMA MAXIFY Cloud Link This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example Important e The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app e Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on t
574. ted the print job is automatically canceled If this happens check the printer power and the Internet connection and then re submit the print job Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services If your model has color LCD monitor On the printer s Home screen select Setup gt EiS Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration If your model has monochrome LCD monitor On the printer operation panel select the Ai Setup button and then select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from service to delete the service registration If your model has no LCD monitor Displaying Printer Information gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration To display printer information go to the Online Manual home page and see Checking Printer Information for your model After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the or symbol enter a backslash instead For instructions on entering a backslash see the OS help
575. ted in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog box are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pull down menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pull down menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pull down menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in 552 DJ Note e To add an application or folder to the pull down menu select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and spe
576. ter then try again Reinstall the scanner driver 790 The memory required to start ScanGear scanner driver cannot be obtained exit other applications Delete MP Drivers then reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD ROM or the web page Refer to Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers An internal error has occurred Take the following measures Check the scanner status o Restart the scanner o Restart the computer then try again o Reinstall MP Drivers Follow the procedure below to check if WIA Windows Image Acquisition is running or in started state Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click the Settings charm gt Control Panel gt System and Security gt Administrative Tools then double click Services Windows 7 From the Start menu click Control Panel gt System and Security gt Administrative Tools then double click Services Windows Vista From the Start menu click Control Panel gt System and Maintenance gt Administrative Tools then double click Services Windows XP From the Start menu click Control Panel gt Performance and Maintenance gt Administrative Tools then double click Services There may be interference with other drivers delete unnecessary drivers e Your application may not properly comply with TWAIN Scan using another application There is not enough free disk space to c
577. ter driver setup window How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On Maintenance sheet click View Printer Status 3 Select Enable Status Monitor on Option menu if it is not selected 797 Installation and Download Problems gt Cannot Install MP Drivers Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear Windows gt Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment Windows gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool 798 Q Cannot Install MP Drivers A For Windows For Mac OS For Windows e If installation does not start when you insert Setup CD ROM Follow the instructions below to start the installation 1 Make the following settings In Windows 8 1 or Windows 8 select Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop and then select Computer from the list on the left In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start and then click Computer In Windows XP click Start and then click My Computer 2 Double click CD ROM icon in the window that appears If the contents of the CD ROM appear double click MSETUP4 EXE If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD ROM install them from the Canon website D gt Note If the CD ROM icon does not appear try the following e Remove the CD ROM from your computer and reinsert it e Restart your computer If the icon still does not appear try a different disc and see if it appears If it does there is a problem with the
578. than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal Envelopes 331 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the machine allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area HJ Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area LA The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Note With performing Automatic Duplex Printing the printable area will be 0 08 inch 2 mm smaller at the top margin By selecting Borderless Printing option you can make prints with no margins When performing Borderless Printing slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page For Borderless Printing use the following paper Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality and or result in printouts with altered color hues Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality Use them only for test printing Borderless Printing onto pl
579. the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab you can specify cropping frames scan areas on the image s displayed in the Preview area of the screen When you perform a scan each area specified with a cropping frame will be scanned as a separate image gt J Note e In whole image view you can specify multiple cropping frames on the preview image e Refer to Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with IJ Scan Utility Initial Cropping Frame In thumbnail view No cropping frame is specified You can drag the mouse over a thumbnail to specify a cropping frame In whole image view An active cropping frame is automatically specified around the preview image You can drag the cropping frame in the Preview area to specify the area Note e You can change the auto crop setting in the Preferences dialog box Refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab for details Cropping Frame Types eotieth Salietiettateetaettette tne Pe ee 1 2 1 Thick cropping frame rotating or stationary Represents a selected cropping frame Appears only in whole image view You can select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key Output size image corrections and other settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will be applied to all the selected cropping frames 2 Thin cropping frame
580. the Copies dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Copies Collate and Print from Last Page Pages Selects the method for editing print pages Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted This command has the same function as the Delete Page on the toolbar Restore Page Restores pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To restore pages you must select the View Deleted Pages check box on the Option menu and display the deleted pages as thumbnails Move Page Use the following command to change the order of the currently selected pages Move to First Moves the currently selected page to the beginning of the document If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Forward One Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Backward One Moves the currently selected page one position after its current position If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 464 Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected View Menu Selects the documents and pages t
581. the Red Green and Blue combined Red Adjust the Red channel Green Adjust the Green channel Blue Adjust the Blue channel gt Note e Only Grayscale will be displayed in Channel when Color Mode is Grayscale 613 Brightness Adjust the image brightness Move Slider under Brightness to the left to darken and right to brighten the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 DJ Note e Highlights may be lost if you brighten the image too much and shadows may be lost if you darken the image too much Contrast Contrast is the degree of difference between the brighter and darker parts of an image Increasing contrast will increase the difference thus sharpening the image Decreasing contrast will decrease the difference thus softening the image Move Slider under Contrast to the left to decrease and right to increase the contrast of the image You can also enter a value 127 to 127 Contrast i Low Decreased contrast Original image Increased contrast J Note e Increasing the contrast is effective in adding a three dimensional feel to soft images However shadows and highlights may be lost if you increase the contrast too much 614 Adjusting Histogram You can adjust the image color tone by using a graph histogram showing brightness distribution via Histogram in ScanGear scanner driver s Advanced Mode tab o Z ma S35 Gray Balance Note e Click Defaults
582. the correct password in iOS or Mac uuu If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased If the printer is taken outside the country or region where it was purchased apps cannot be installed If You Are Using iP110 series Check the country or region where the printer was purchased If you take the printer outside the country or region where you purchased it you may not be able to install certain apps You can continue to use apps that are already installed as long as the apps support the country or region you are moving to If the registered app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister the app If the information is not updated when you press the update button Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product the information may not be reflected immediately Please wait awhile and then try updating the information again If the information is still not updated then check that the product is connected to the Internet If you do not receive the registration e mail You may have entered a
583. the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations WBasics Instructions explaining basic operations of your product D gt Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Touch enabled Device Users Windows For touch actions you need to replace right click in this document with the action set on the operating system For example if the action is set to press and hold on your operating system replace right click with press and hold Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries App Store AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google
584. the print head position manually from the computer Aligning the Print Head Position Windows Aligning the Print Head Position Mac OS To print and check the current head position adjustment values hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes six times then release it immediately 180 Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer Windows gt gt Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically Aligning the Print Head Position Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning Inside the Printer 181 Cleaning the Print Heads The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows lt 6 Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Print head cleaning starts J Important Do not close the paper output tray until the cleaning is complete 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle C
585. the printer on upon receipt of print data Auto Power Off Specify the time from the list When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer is turned off automatically 4 Apply the settings Click OK When the confirmation message appears click OK The Maintenance tab is displayed again 226 The setting is enabled after this When you want to disable this function select Disable from the list according to the same procedure Note When the printer is turned off the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting When the setting is Enable Printer is standing by is displayed When the setting is Disable Printer is offline is displayed 227 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window Quiet Settings 2 Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status 3 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not
586. the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 889 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 890 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 891 6911 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 892 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 893 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again and turn it back on If this does not solve the problem contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair 894 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it Plug in the machine again
587. the prrter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a painter to be visible on the network afier R is tumad on Please wait a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to check the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the direct connection access point mode this item is grayed out and you cannot check the printer connection status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information 3 Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN 290 If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The wireless router is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure the printer is turned on and select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable and select Refresh If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ N
588. the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example 9 The ink is running low Prepare a new ink cartridge The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory if printing is continued under this condition 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor 422 Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window click the Main tab and check the Preview before printing check box When you do not want to display a preview before printing uncheck the check box Important e If you are using the XPS printer driver see Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing
589. the standard size Standard The standard size Smaller Displays 95 in width and height of the area displayed for the standard size Note e When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting the preview images will be refreshed and cropped to the new size As the preview images are refreshed the color adjustments and other settings applied to them are reset 658 Scan Tab On the Scan tab you can specify the following settings Stormer Preview an Color Settings Status of ScanGeer dialog after scamming Close SeanGeur mteena tically O Donat dose ScanGear automatically O Display the dalog to select next actor Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Select what to do with ScanGear scanner driver after scanning images Close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the original application when scanning is completed Do not close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed Display the dialog to select next action Select this to open a screen and select what to do when scanning is completed Scarring is completed Select the action you prefer to take Retouch and save the mage Close ScanGear dialog O Skan other mmages Do not dose ScanGear Coo not deplay this disiog again You may modify thes setting on Scan tad of Preferences dialog Ca 3 Note Even if Do not close ScanGear automatically or
590. then Delete Document To delete a print page click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be deleted Next on the Edit menu select Delete Page from Pages Print page recovery You can recover pages that were deleted with Delete Page To recover pages select the View Deleted Pages check box from the Option menu and select the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail pages Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page After editing the print documents or print pages you can change the print settings on the Page Information Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary 388 J Important To display the multiple documents in the list open the preview and execute print again To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited in the preview on the Edit menu select Reset Documents from Documents If the documents to be combined have different print settings a message may be displayed Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents If the documents to be combined have different output paper sizes and duplex printing or page layout printing is to be performed the printer may not produce the expected print results for certain print pages Check the preview before printing Depending on the print settings of the print document some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview Note Yo
591. tification area of desktop and then click View Available Wireless Networks 3 Select network name on screen that appears and then click Connect Select XXXXXX MGXXXxXseries XX represents alphanumeric characters as network name 4 Enter network key on screen that appears and then click Connect By default the serial number of the machine is used as the network key Check the serial number on the back of the machine 5 Use Setup CD ROM or follow instructions on Canon website Q Cannot Communicate with Machine Using Access Point Mode A SEa Make sure machine is turned on Is the access point mode disabled Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Press and hold Wi Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes 2 Press Black button Color button and then Wi Fi button in this order The ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the access point mode is enabled ince Make sure machine is selected as connection for wireless communication device e g computer smartphone or tablet Select the access point name SSID specified for the machine as the connection destination for communication devices Have you entered the proper password specified for the access point mode If the security setting of the access point mode is enabled you need to enter the password to connect your communication device to the machine en te lt Make sure machine is not too far away Place wireless communication d
592. ting method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Windows a color management system called ICM is built into the operating system sRGB is one of the common color spaces that is frequently used ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space SRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space SRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts To print by
593. tings proceed to the next step If you do not close the web browser Select Log on to check printer status and change printer settings The Admin password authentication screen is displayed D Important e Before the Admin password authentication screen is displayed a message to warn you that the identification information is not verified may be displayed You can set not to display a message by specifying the SSL TLS settings of certificate for encrypted communication in step 5 Enter password The password is specified to the machine serial number at the time of purchase If you have not changed the password yet enter the machine serial number that is printed on the Serial Number column of the network setting information sheet When the password authentication is complete the menus that can be utilized are displayed on the web browser Check printer status and change printer settings You can utilize the following menus Printer status Utilities Device settings AirPrint settings Web service connection setup Security System info and LAN settings Firmware update Language selection Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility func
594. tions such as cleaning 146 Device settings This function allows you to change the printer settings such as the quiet setting the energy saving settings and the print settings AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the AirPrint settings such as paper size and media type Web service connection setup This function allows you to register to Google Cloud Print or IJ Cloud Printing Center or delete a registration Security This function allows you to specify the administrator password and SSL TLS settings of certificate for encrypted communication gt Important The password is specified to the machine serial number at the time of purchase For the password refer to Administrator Password The following character restrictions apply to the password that you change e Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters e The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters e For security reasons we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters System info and LAN settings This function allows you to check the system information and to change the LAN settings Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information Language selection This function allows you to change the language on the display Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual 6 When you finish checking printer status and changing printer settings select Log off
595. to change 2 Click Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens 378 3 Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4 Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the background with a different title enter a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Deleting an Unnecessary Background 1 Click Select Background in the Stamp Background dialog box The Background Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the background to be deleted Select the title of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on the Save settings tab and then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box 379 Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows 1 Load envelope on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Porter Paper Sze Letter S511 22x23cm Onertation Potrat Pape Source Frort Tray Copies C Aways Prrt wth Curert Setings 4 Select the paper size When the Envelope Size Setting dia
596. to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again e Devices connected to the printer using Direct Connection cannot communicate with each other Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Direct Connection e When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set it up again using the same connection method disconnect it first Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi Fi setting screen Connection Using a Wired Network e You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time e When using a router connect the printer and a device to the LAN side same network segment 44 Easy Scan with the Auto Function By using the auto function of IJ Scan Utility you can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type Refer to the following for details Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Windows Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Mac OS 45 Scan Originals Larger than the Platen By using the stitch function of IJ Scan Utility you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported Refer to the following for details Scanning Originals Larger th
597. to less than half of the paper load limit Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation When you load the paper place the print side facing DOWN and slide the paper guides to align with both sides of the paper Loading Paper When you load the paper insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the front tray STS ls paper too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use When loading postcards or envelopes consider the following e If a postcard is curled it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit Load Japanese postcards with their postcode column toward the far end of the front tray e When printing on envelopes see Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper ene Do several sheets of paper feed at once From operation panel Press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 12 times release the button and then press the Color button to enable the Prevent paper double feed function To disable the Prevent paper double feed function press and hold the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 12 times release the button and then press the Black button
598. to store job Delete unnecessary files to free up disk space 740 Q Part of Page Is Not Printed Windows A Are you using automatic duplex printing If you are using automatic duplex printing the printable area at the top of the page will be 0 08 inches 2 mm shorter than usual Therefore the bottom of the page may not be printed To prevent this set reduced printing on the printer driver gt Important e Reducing the printing size may affect the layout of your document If the application you used to create your document has a zoom function set the reduced size in the application 1 Open printer driver setup window How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 Check Duplex Printing check box in Page Setup sheet 3 Click Print Area Setup and select Use reduced printing 741 Q Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Appear Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong 742 White Streaks Appear A Check paper and print quality settings Print Results Are Unsatisfactory ei Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as print head cleaning Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles For details on printing the nozzle check pattern print head cleaning and print head deep cleaning see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven e If
599. to the Specification Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Do not transport or use the machine on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and e damage the machine Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e e 202 Regulatory Information For models con
600. tomatically when print data is sent to the printer When launched the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears Option ink Oetaits Help o gt Exterated ink levels S Color Black 3 Note To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab e The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer When Errors Occur The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs e g if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low In such cases take the appropriate action as described 421 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Status The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option ink Oetais Help Printer is online v Estmatod rk levels 22 DJ Note e The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about
601. tput cover is opened while printing is in progress the machine may not detect the paper width 861 2900 Cause Scanning print head alignment sheet failed What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button Check the following points perform automatic print head alignment again Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen glass e Make sure the platen glass and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty e Make sure the loaded paper is correct For automatic print head alignment load A4 or Letter sized plain paper e Make sure the print head nozzle is not clogged Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern If the error is not resolved perform manual print head alignment 862 2901 Cause Print head alignment pattern has been printed and machine is waiting to scan sheet What to Do Scan the printed alignment pattern 1 Load print head alignment sheet on platen glass Place the printed side down and align the mark F inthe upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark u 2 Slowly close the document cover and press machine s Black or Color button The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet and automatically adjusts the print head position 863 3402 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button Wait a
602. trieve the document print history to print the document The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview is as follows Eile Egt yew Zoom Option Help a x o gt B Cocument Name Page information Layout Manual Color Adjustment t Notepad Printer Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 22x28cm Media Type Piain Paper Paper Source Frore Tray Page Layout Noemal size CO Grayscale Printing C Duptex Printing Print Combine Documents Delete Document Reset Documents i ee D View Thumbnails DOO tf of ose OSL Move Document ve Undo Iq 4 gt bi Move Page Lk Delete Page anote O O e By clicking bed View Thumbnails you can display or hide thumbnails of the print documents selected in the Document Name list e Clicking X Undo reverses the change that just performed 387 Editing and Printing a Print Document When printing multiple documents or pages you can combine documents change the print sequence of the documents or pages or delete documents or pages 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing 4 Editing print documents and print pages Combining print documents You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document By combining print documents you can prevent blank pages from
603. tter 8 511 22280m A Pora A O Langrcape Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Page Layout Noenslaire H E ABA H BE Nomasize Borde ess FttoPope Scaled Page Layout Pin Paper Leter 85x11 22280m lt gt l V Atomaticaly reduce large document that the perter cannot output 3J Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 3 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 374 AGB 192 192 182 Select Color Oefsuts Hep 4 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window Stamp tab Select Text Bitmap or Date Time User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type o For Text registration the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text If necessary change the TrueType Font Style Size and Outline settings You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color o For Bitmap click Select File and select the bitmap file bmp to be used If necessary change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text If necessary change the settings of TrueType Font Style Size and Outline You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color Important e Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date Time User Name is
604. ttings list on the Quick Setup tab Save the paper size setting Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the paper size is not saved and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software Save the orientation setting Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the print orientation is not saved and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software Save the copies setting Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the copies setting is not saved and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the
605. tton if the target printer is not displayed D Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The wireless router is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure the printer is turned on and click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable and click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition 289 39 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 171 B 84 Ee J View Settings Help Panters Name Update Configuration F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of
606. tware This may solve the problem DJ Note Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions e There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word Microsoft Corporation When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver use Word to specify them When Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of the printer driver the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word o When Page Size in Word is set to XXX Enlarge Reduce the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word If this happens follow the procedure below 1 Open Word s Print dialog box 2 Open the printer driver setup window and on the Page Setup tab set Page Size to the same paper size that you specified in Word 425 Set the Page Layout that you want and then click OK to close the window Without starting printing close the Print dialog box Open Word s Print dialog box again Open the printer driver setup window and click OK Start printing NO BW If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator Adobe Systems Incorporated printing may take time or some data may not be printed Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check b
607. u can rename Document Name to any name 5 Executing print Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the specified settings to print the data Reprinting from the Print History When you click Save Print History on the File menu to enable the setting the document printed from the preview is saved and you can reprint the document with the same settings 1 Displaying the print history Open the printer driver setup window Then on the Maintenance tab select View Print History The saved print document is displayed in the preview Important To limit the number of print history registrations click History Entry Limit on the File menu If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one 2 Selecting a print document From the Document Name list select the document to be printed 3 Executing print Click Print Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing 389 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast
608. u can scan two or more photos small documents on the Platen at one time on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab This section explains how to scan multiple documents from the Basic Mode tab Important To scan multiple documents as a single image scan in whole image view The following types of documents may not be cropped correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames scan areas in whole image view and scan e Photos that have a whitish background e Documents printed on white paper hand written text business cards etc Thin documents e Thick documents Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly e Documents smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square e Photos that have been cut to various shapes J Note You can also scan multiple documents at one time from the Advanced Mode tab Use the Advanced Mode tab to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode output resolution image brightness and color tone Refer to the corresponding sections below for details on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab 1 Place the document on the Platen then start ScanGear scanner driver Positioning Originals Scanning from Computer Starting ScanGear Scanner Driver 2 Set Select Source according to the document placed on the Platen 600 ao meteora CI Adjust cro
609. uick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution Important e If you log on with a different user name the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings e If a setting was specified on the application software it has priority Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to their default values factory settings 431 Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save Up to 255 characters can be entered The name appears with its associated icon in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Options Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Changes the details of printing profile to be saved Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles Icon Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save The selected icon appears with its name in the Commonly Used Se
610. up for office users is set in Advanced management 2 In displayed screen select Add group 121 t Group management About group management Office Settings Add group Apps available on printers that do 2 not require a security code i Settings 3 The senior clerk enters the Group name and selects OK Enter the group name Group name President Cancel In this field enter President as the president only group because you will be setting apps that only the president can use 3 Important The following restrictions apply to entering the Group name The group name can have up to 20 single byte alphanumeric characters or up to 10 double byte characters The same group name cannot be registered more than once in the same domain Up to 20 groups can be registered e The person who created the group becomes the Administrator 4 Follow messages displayed on screen and select OK The group setup screen appears The group has been added The setting screen for the added group will be displayed OK 5 On Users tab select only president 122 President Manager Staff 6 On the Printers tab select printer to be used President S h Printers series series 7 On the Apps tab set the Evernote and Facebook apps to A 123 President Ws Evernote CANON INC Dropbox CANON INC Photos in Tweets CANON INC Facebook Close To
611. ur website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing documents e Canon Red Label Superior lt WOP111 gt 1 e Canon Oc Office Colour Paper lt SAT213 gt 1 Paper for printing photos Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy I lt PP 201 gt 1 e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 2 Paper for printing business documents e High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 2 1 This paper is also available for making copies Select with the Paper button on the operation panel You can select only A4 or Letter sized plain paper or 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm photo paper 2 Printing to this paper from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device is not supported Paper Load Limit Paper Settings on the Printer Driver Windows Paper Settings on the Printer Driver Mac OS Note e When printing photos saved on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device you must specify the page size and media type Printing from Digital Camera 326 Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes D gt Note e Only the following sizes may be printed from the op
612. urrent settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 412 4 After adjusting each color click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Saergie Tyge Rarderd C Yew Color Paten Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 413 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity contrast When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity contrast while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Qustom Pisin Paper Leter 8 511 22280m Ago Marus l Cl Grayscale Prireng C Preview betore printing The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On th
613. used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 22 Enter keywords in the search window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Entry example your product s model name load paper Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon Contents gt Notes on Site Usage and Cookies Online Manual series Setup Change Product Featured Topics 33 Important e This function may not be available in some countries regions DJ Note e The displayed screen may vary e When searching from this page without entering your product s model na
614. user Close From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the My account screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings To change the privileges of the Administrator or a Standard user select Authority for the user whom you want to change the settings for 100 Group management screen gt Group management About group management groupi Settings Add group Apps available on printers that do 2 not require a security code l Settings From the Group management screen you can use functions for checking group information registered to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center changing groups deleting groups adding groups and setting up users printers and apps belonging to each group e Checking group information group1 Settings Add group The registered group names appear If there are items that have not been set appears Select to display the following screen which allows you to set up information for each group The displayed information changes depending on the selected tab 10
615. ut Profile select Standard Important e When the application software specifies an input profile the input profile setting of the printer driver becomes invalid 5 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 6 Complete the setup 400 Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 401 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Co
616. ution Image Processing Settings Click _ _ Plus to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available When Select Source is Photo Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image When Select Source is Magazine or Document Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To add a folder select Add from the pull down menu then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder The default save folders are
617. vice used by your computer See the instruction manual provided with your computer or wireless network device to check usable wireless channels ein vecc Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in Check 8 If it is not change the channel set on the wireless router SW Make sure security software s firewall is off If your security software s firewall is on a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network If this warning message appears set security software to always allow access If you are using any programs that switch between network environments check their settings Some programs use a firewall by default If using a router connect machine and computer to LAN side same network segment If machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN use alphanumeric characters for network name SSID Mac OS If the problem is not resolved redo setup For Windows Use the Setup CD ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website e For Mac OS Follow the instructions on the Canon website e Positioning Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the machine D Note To connect machine to Windows XP computer using cableless setup follow these steps Follow the procedure below to set up the machine and computer 1 Set machine to Access Point Mode 711 2 Right click Wireless Network Connections icon on no
618. view area 633 3 Preview Area Clear Deletes the preview image from the Preview area It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse Move Image Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen You can also move the image using the scroll bars sS Enlarge Reduce Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image Right click the image to zoom out za Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise e The result will be reflected in the scanned image The image returns to its original state when you preview again gt zal Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise e The result will be reflected in the scanned image The image returns to its original state when you preview again x e Ja Auto Crop Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the Preview area The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame MM lt KA Check All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view ono 00 Uncheck All Frames Available when two or more frames are displayed Deselects the checkb
619. w 1 Press and hold Wi Fi button and then release button when ON lamp flashes 2 Press Black button Color button and then Wi Fi button in this order The ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the access point mode is enabled Check settings of your smartphone tablet Make sure your smartphone tablet can use the wireless LAN For more on performing setting of the wireless LAN refer to the instruction manual provided with your smartphone tablet Have you selected machine as destination of your smartphone tablet Select the access point name SSID of the machine with your smartphone tablet Have you entered proper password specified for access point mode If the security setting of the access point mode is enabled you need to enter the password to connect your smartphone tablet to the machine entree Make sure machine is not too far away 731 Locate your smartphone tablet close enough to communicate with the machine Check for obstructions Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Move the machine as necessary GL Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby it may cause interference Place the machine as far away from the interference source as possible eile Make sure 5 devices are already connected Access point mode does not allow more t
620. well Note e If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop follow the procedure below to start Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX on the Start screen If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Windows 7 Windows Vista Windows XP From the Start menu click All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX gt IJ Network Scanner Selector EX The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop and the Scan from PC Settings screen appears In that case skip ahead to Step 3 689 2 In the notification area on the desktop right click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then select Settings The Scan from PC Settings screen appears 3 Select your scanner or printer from Scanners Normally the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup In that case you do not need to select it again Important e If multiple scanners exist on the network multiple model names appear In that case you can select one scanner per model 4 Click OK Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX then follow the steps below to change the connection status between
621. while and retry copying 864 3403 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button Wait a while and retry copying 865 3405 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button Wait a while and retry copying 866 3412 Cause Scanning original has failed What to Do Press the machine s Black or Color button and then follow the actions below Make sure that the original is placed on the platen glass e Make sure that the original is set in the correct position and orientation After carrying out the above actions retry scanning or copying If the error is still not resolved specify the size of the original Important e The original that is smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square may not be scanned correctly 867 4100 Cause Specified data cannot be printed What to Do If you are printing CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM contents check the message shown your computer make sure genuine Canon FINE cartridges are installed properly for all colors and retry the printing 868 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with current print settings What to Do Press the machine s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and retry printing 869 5011 Cause Printer error has occurred What to Do Turn off the machine and unplu
622. with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen e Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected For Photos Postcards Business Cards or BD DVD CD For Magazines Newspapers or Documents Placing a Single Item Place the item face down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Place the item face down on the platen with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and the item Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned J Important gt Important e Refer to Loading Originals for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the e Large items such as A4 size photos that cannot be portions in which items cannot be scanned placed away from the edges arrow alignment mark of the platen may be saved as PDF files To save ina format other than PDF scan by specifying the data format 687 Placing Multiple Items Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and items and between items Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned
623. wser setting so as not to accept cookies If you have set not to accept cookies some of the functions of this website may be inoperative If you are using Compatibility Mode in Internet Explorer 8 some pages may not be displayed correctly In this case turn off Compatibility Mode Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in this site in whole or in part is prohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this site without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this site due to unavoidable reasons Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this site or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide Although the contents of this site have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information In principle the descriptions in this site are based on the product at the time of its initial sale e This site does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this site How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this site For Windows To set to print background colors and images follow the steps below J Note e In Windows 8 print in the desktop version In Intern
624. xed IP address 279 Admin Password Sheet Sets a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation To display the Admin Password sheet click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen 1 Use admin password Sets an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this feature select this check box and enter a password 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation gt Important e If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to return the password to the default setting 280 Network Information Screen Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard 281 Access Control Sheet 3J Note e This function is not available depending on the printer you are using You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access To display the Access Control sheet click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen Wreless LAN Wred LAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control T
625. y different scan settings to each cropping frame You can also select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key If you select multiple cropping frames and change the settings on a tab at the right of ScanGear the settings will be applied to all the selected cropping frames When you create a new cropping frame it retains the settings of the latest cropping frame 3 Note e Create up to 12 cropping frames e Scanning takes longer than usual when multiple cropping frames are selected Deleting Cropping Frames In thumbnail view To delete a cropping frame click an area outside the cropping frame on an image 667 In whole image view To delete a cropping frame select it and click Remove Cropping Frame on the Toolbar Alternatively press the Delete key When there are multiple cropping frames all the selected cropping frames active cropping frame and selected cropping frames are deleted simultaneously 668 General Notes Scanner Driver ScanGear scanner driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep these points in mind when using it Scanner Driver Restrictions e e e e When using the NTFS file system the TWAIN data source may not be invoked This is because the TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons Contact the computer s administrator for help Some computers including laptops connected to the machine ma
626. y group Cancel 4 The screen for checking the management method change appears In this mode each user can freely set their own app availability In addition recommended apps can be used by default Do you want to change the setting Cancel OK To complete the setup and return to the Advanced management window select OK All registered users can register and delete apps freely 114 Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center at Work The Group management function allows you take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for office use This section introduces an example in which two printers are used the Administrator is the senior clerk and the other members are the company president the section manager and the new hire Note e If the second printer has not been registered select Adding a Printer and register the printer by following the procedure Creating a Group for All Office Members to Use Set the basic group In this example only the Evernote app will be used on 2 printers 1 The senior clerk registers to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and becomes the Administrator 2 The senior clerk selects Manage users from xe series Mng printer Manage users Advanced management Facebook Photos in Tweets Evernote LEN Contig Properties Manage jobs 3 On the displayed screen the senior clerk selects Add user and registers the company pr
627. y not resume correctly from standby mode In that case restart the computer Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same computer simultaneously If multiple scanning devices are connected you cannot scan from the operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode In that case follow these steps and scan again 1 Turn off the machine 2 Exit ScanGear then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it 3 Turn on the machine ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time Within an application ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network scanning takes longer than usual Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions For example at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600 dpi in full color ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning Applications with Restrictions on Use e
628. ype 1 Enable printer eccess controiMAG address MAD Address Comment instructions 1 Printer Access Control Type Select the type of access control with which to limit access of computers or network devices to the printer over a network The setting items may differ depending on the choice of access control methods When Selecting MAC address When Selecting IP address When Selecting MAC address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their MAC addresses Computers or network devices whose MAC addresses appear on the list are allowed access Weeless LAN Wred LAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type MAG Address instructions 282 1 Enable printer access control MAC address Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible MAC Addresses Shows the registered MAC addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible MAC Address screen is dis
629. yption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the wireless router Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption B Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically C e Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the wireless router This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country D Default Gateway A relay device to connect to another network such as a router or a computer e Direct connection Access point mode The machine is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no wireless router is available You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the direct connection access point mod

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Acer TM C113TCib, Centrino 1.2GHz Dothan 753, WXP Tablet PC Ed. SP2, 10,4", 512MB RAM, 80Gb, Ext. FDD, Ext. DVD/CDRW, 802.11g, Bluetooth 80GB  VF80 User Manual 10-2014 V5  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file